1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 6 // 7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8 // 9 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 10 // 11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 12 13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 #include <unordered_map> 52 53 using namespace clang; 54 using namespace sema; 55 56 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 57 if (OwnedType) { 58 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 60 } 61 62 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 63 } 64 65 namespace { 66 67 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 68 public: 69 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 70 bool AllowTemplates = false, 71 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 72 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 73 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 74 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 75 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 76 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 77 } 78 79 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 80 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 81 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 82 return false; 83 84 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 85 return AllowTemplates; 86 87 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 88 if (!IsType) 89 return false; 90 91 if (AllowNonTemplates) 92 return true; 93 94 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 95 // as a template or as a non-template. 96 if (AllowTemplates) { 97 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 98 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 99 return false; 100 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 101 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 102 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 103 } 104 105 return false; 106 } 107 108 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 109 } 110 111 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 112 return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 113 } 114 115 private: 116 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 117 bool WantClassName; 118 bool AllowTemplates; 119 bool AllowNonTemplates; 120 }; 121 122 } // end anonymous namespace 123 124 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 125 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 126 switch (Kind) { 127 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 128 // token kind is a valid type specifier 129 case tok::kw_short: 130 case tok::kw_long: 131 case tok::kw___int64: 132 case tok::kw___int128: 133 case tok::kw_signed: 134 case tok::kw_unsigned: 135 case tok::kw_void: 136 case tok::kw_char: 137 case tok::kw_int: 138 case tok::kw_half: 139 case tok::kw_float: 140 case tok::kw_double: 141 case tok::kw___bf16: 142 case tok::kw__Float16: 143 case tok::kw___float128: 144 case tok::kw___ibm128: 145 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 146 case tok::kw_bool: 147 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 148 case tok::kw___auto_type: 149 return true; 150 151 case tok::annot_typename: 152 case tok::kw_char16_t: 153 case tok::kw_char32_t: 154 case tok::kw_typeof: 155 case tok::annot_decltype: 156 case tok::kw_decltype: 157 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 158 159 case tok::kw_char8_t: 160 return getLangOpts().Char8; 161 162 default: 163 break; 164 } 165 166 return false; 167 } 168 169 namespace { 170 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 171 NotFound, 172 FoundNonType, 173 FoundType 174 }; 175 } // end anonymous namespace 176 177 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 178 /// dependent class. 179 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 180 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 181 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 182 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 183 SourceLocation NameLoc, 184 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 185 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 186 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 187 // Look for type decls in base classes. 188 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 189 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 190 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 191 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 192 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 193 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 194 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 195 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 196 // templates. 197 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 198 continue; 199 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 200 if (!TD) 201 continue; 202 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 203 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 204 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 205 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 206 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 207 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 208 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 209 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 210 BaseRD = PS; 211 } 212 } 213 } 214 if (BaseRD) { 215 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 216 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 217 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 218 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 219 } 220 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 221 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 222 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 223 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 224 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 225 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 226 break; 227 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 228 break; 229 } 230 } 231 } 232 } 233 234 return FoundTypeDecl; 235 } 236 237 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 238 const IdentifierInfo &II, 239 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 240 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 241 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 242 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 243 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 244 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 245 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 246 DC = DC->getParent()) { 247 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 248 // templates. 249 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 250 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 251 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 252 } 253 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 254 return nullptr; 255 256 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 257 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 258 // lookup during template instantiation. 259 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base) << &II; 260 261 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 262 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 263 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 264 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 265 266 CXXScopeSpec SS; 267 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 268 269 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 270 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 271 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 272 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 273 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 274 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 275 } 276 277 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 278 /// return the declaration of that type. 279 /// 280 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 281 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 282 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 283 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 284 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 285 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 286 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 287 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 288 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 289 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 290 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 291 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 292 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 293 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 294 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 295 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 296 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 297 298 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 299 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 300 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 301 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 302 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 303 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 304 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 305 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 306 307 if (!LookupCtx) { 308 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 309 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 310 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 311 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 312 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 313 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 314 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 315 // 316 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 317 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 318 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 319 return nullptr; 320 321 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 322 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 323 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 324 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 325 326 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 327 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 328 II, NameLoc); 329 return ParsedType::make(T); 330 } 331 332 return nullptr; 333 } 334 335 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 336 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 337 return nullptr; 338 } 339 340 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 341 // lookup for class-names. 342 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 343 LookupOrdinaryName; 344 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 345 if (LookupCtx) { 346 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 347 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 348 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 349 // nested-name-specifier. 350 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 351 352 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 353 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 354 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 355 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 356 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 357 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 358 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 359 LookupName(Result, S); 360 } 361 } else { 362 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 363 LookupName(Result, S); 364 365 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 366 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 367 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 368 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 369 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 370 return TypeInBase; 371 } 372 } 373 374 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 375 UsingShadowDecl *FoundUsingShadow = nullptr; 376 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 377 case LookupResult::NotFound: 378 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 379 if (CorrectedII) { 380 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName, 381 AllowDeducedTemplate); 382 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, 383 S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); 384 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 385 TemplateTy Template; 386 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 387 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 388 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 389 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 390 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 391 if (SS && NNS) { 392 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 393 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 394 } 395 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 396 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 397 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 398 // is handled elsewhere). 399 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 400 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 401 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 402 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 403 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 404 IsCtorOrDtorName, 405 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 406 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 407 if (Ty) { 408 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 409 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 410 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 411 if (SS && NNS) 412 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 413 *CorrectedII = NewII; 414 return Ty; 415 } 416 } 417 } 418 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 419 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 420 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 421 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 422 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 423 return nullptr; 424 425 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 426 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 427 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 428 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 429 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 430 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 431 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 432 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 433 return nullptr; 434 } 435 436 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 437 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 438 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 439 NamedDecl *RealRes = (*Res)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 440 if (isa<TypeDecl, ObjCInterfaceDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>( 441 RealRes) || 442 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(RealRes))) { 443 if (!IIDecl || 444 // Make the selection of the recovery decl deterministic. 445 RealRes->getLocation() < IIDecl->getLocation()) { 446 IIDecl = RealRes; 447 FoundUsingShadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Res); 448 } 449 } 450 } 451 452 if (!IIDecl) { 453 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 454 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 455 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 456 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 457 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 458 // a type name. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 463 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 464 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 465 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 466 // perform the name lookup again. 467 break; 468 469 case LookupResult::Found: 470 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 471 FoundUsingShadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Result.begin()); 472 break; 473 } 474 475 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 476 477 QualType T; 478 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 479 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 480 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 481 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 482 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 483 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 484 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 485 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 486 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 487 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 488 << &II << /*Type*/1; 489 490 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 491 492 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 493 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 494 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 495 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 496 if (!HasTrailingDot) 497 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 498 FoundUsingShadow = nullptr; // FIXME: Target must be a TypeDecl. 499 } else if (auto *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(IIDecl)) { 500 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(UD, NameLoc); 501 // Recover with 'int' 502 T = Context.IntTy; 503 FoundUsingShadow = nullptr; 504 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 505 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) { 506 // FIXME: TemplateName should include FoundUsingShadow sugar. 507 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 508 QualType(), false); 509 // Don't wrap in a further UsingType. 510 FoundUsingShadow = nullptr; 511 } 512 } 513 514 if (T.isNull()) { 515 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 516 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 517 return nullptr; 518 } 519 520 if (FoundUsingShadow) 521 T = Context.getUsingType(FoundUsingShadow, T); 522 523 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 524 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 525 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 526 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 527 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(IIDecl)) { 528 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 529 // Construct a type with type-source information. 530 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 531 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 532 533 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 534 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 535 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 536 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 537 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 538 } else { 539 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 540 } 541 } 542 543 return ParsedType::make(T); 544 } 545 546 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 547 static NestedNameSpecifier * 548 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 549 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 550 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 551 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 552 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 553 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 554 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 555 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 556 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 557 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 558 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 559 } 560 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 561 } 562 563 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 564 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 565 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 566 /// correctly rejects. 567 static const CXXRecordDecl * 568 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 569 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 570 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 571 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 572 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 573 return MD->getParent(); 574 } 575 return nullptr; 576 } 577 578 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 579 SourceLocation NameLoc, 580 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 581 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 582 583 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 584 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 585 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 586 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 587 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 588 // lookup is retried. 589 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 590 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 591 // name specifiers. 592 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 593 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 594 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 595 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 596 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 597 // instantiation time. 598 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 599 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 600 601 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 602 // template instantiation. 603 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 604 << RD; 605 } else { 606 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 607 return ParsedType(); 608 } 609 610 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 611 612 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 613 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 614 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 615 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 616 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 617 618 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 619 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 620 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 621 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 622 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 623 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 624 } 625 626 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 627 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 628 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 629 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 630 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 631 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 632 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 633 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 634 LookupName(R, S, false); 635 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 636 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 637 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 638 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 639 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 640 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 641 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 642 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 643 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 644 } 645 } 646 647 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 648 } 649 650 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 651 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 652 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 653 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 654 /// @code 655 /// template<class T> class A { 656 /// public: 657 /// typedef int TYPE; 658 /// }; 659 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 660 /// public: 661 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 662 /// }; 663 /// @endcode 664 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 665 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 666 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 667 return true; 668 669 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 670 671 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 672 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 673 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 674 return true; 675 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 676 } 677 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 678 } 679 680 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 681 SourceLocation IILoc, 682 Scope *S, 683 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 684 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 685 bool IsTemplateName) { 686 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 687 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 688 return; 689 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 690 SuggestedType = nullptr; 691 692 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 693 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 694 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false, 695 /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName, 696 /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName); 697 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 698 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 699 CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 700 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 701 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 702 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 703 // We corrected to a keyword. 704 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 705 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 706 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 707 << II); 708 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 709 } else { 710 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 711 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 712 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 713 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 714 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 715 << II, CanRecover); 716 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 717 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 718 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 719 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 720 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 721 PDiag(IsTemplateName 722 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 723 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 724 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 725 CanRecover); 726 } else { 727 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 728 } 729 730 if (!CanRecover) 731 return; 732 733 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 734 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 735 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 736 SourceRange(IILoc)); 737 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 738 SuggestedType = 739 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 740 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 741 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 742 /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 743 } 744 return; 745 } 746 747 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 748 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 749 UnqualifiedId Name; 750 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 751 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 752 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 753 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 754 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 755 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 756 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 757 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 758 return; 759 } 760 } 761 762 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 763 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 764 765 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 766 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 767 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 768 << II; 769 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 770 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 771 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 772 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 773 else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) { 774 SuggestedType = 775 ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 776 } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 777 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 778 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 779 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 780 781 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 782 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 783 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 784 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 785 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 786 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 787 } else { 788 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 789 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 790 } 791 } 792 793 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 794 /// or 795 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 796 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 797 NextToken.is(tok::less); 798 799 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 800 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 801 return true; 802 803 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 804 return true; 805 } 806 807 return false; 808 } 809 810 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 811 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 812 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 813 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 814 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 815 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 816 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 817 StringRef FixItTagName; 818 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 819 case TTK_Class: 820 FixItTagName = "class "; 821 break; 822 823 case TTK_Enum: 824 FixItTagName = "enum "; 825 break; 826 827 case TTK_Struct: 828 FixItTagName = "struct "; 829 break; 830 831 case TTK_Interface: 832 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 833 break; 834 835 case TTK_Union: 836 FixItTagName = "union "; 837 break; 838 } 839 840 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 841 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 842 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 843 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 844 845 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 846 I != IEnd; ++I) 847 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 848 << Name << TagName; 849 850 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 851 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 852 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 853 return true; 854 } 855 856 return false; 857 } 858 859 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 860 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 861 SourceLocation NameLoc, 862 const Token &NextToken, 863 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 864 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 865 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 866 867 assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) && 868 "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName"); 869 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 870 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 871 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 872 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 873 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 874 // will reject it later. 875 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 876 } 877 878 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 879 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 880 881 if (SS.isInvalid()) 882 return NameClassification::Error(); 883 884 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 885 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 886 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 887 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 888 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 889 return TypeInBase; 890 } 891 892 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 893 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 894 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 895 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 896 if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 897 DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name); 898 if (Ivar.isInvalid()) 899 return NameClassification::Error(); 900 if (Ivar.isUsable()) 901 return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get())); 902 903 // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods. 904 if (Result.empty()) 905 LookupBuiltin(Result); 906 } 907 908 bool SecondTry = false; 909 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 910 911 Corrected: 912 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 913 case LookupResult::NotFound: 914 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 915 // call. 916 if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 917 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 918 // FIXME: Reference? 919 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 920 return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType(); 921 922 // C90 6.3.2.2: 923 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 924 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 925 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 926 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 927 // the function call, the declaration 928 // 929 // extern int identifier (); 930 // 931 // appeared. 932 // 933 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 934 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) 935 return NameClassification::NonType(D); 936 } 937 938 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 939 // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function 940 // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name. 941 // 942 // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case. 943 TemplateName Template = 944 Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 945 return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template); 946 } 947 948 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 949 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 950 // "struct", or "union". 951 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 952 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 953 break; 954 } 955 956 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 957 // close to this name. 958 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 959 SecondTry = true; 960 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 961 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, 962 &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 963 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 964 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 965 966 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 967 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 968 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 969 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 970 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 971 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 972 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 973 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 974 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 975 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 976 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 977 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 978 } 979 980 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 981 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 982 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 983 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 984 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 985 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 986 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 987 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 988 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 989 } 990 991 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 992 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 993 994 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 995 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 996 return Name; 997 998 // Also update the LookupResult... 999 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 1000 Result.clear(); 1001 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 1002 if (FirstDecl) 1003 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 1004 1005 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 1006 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 1007 // reference the ivar. 1008 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 1009 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 1010 DeclResult R = 1011 LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()); 1012 if (R.isInvalid()) 1013 return NameClassification::Error(); 1014 if (R.isUsable()) 1015 return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar); 1016 } 1017 1018 goto Corrected; 1019 } 1020 } 1021 1022 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 1023 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1024 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1025 1026 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 1027 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 1028 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 1029 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1030 1031 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1032 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1033 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1034 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1035 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1036 // 1037 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1038 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1039 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1040 // keyword here. 1041 return NameClassification::DependentNonType(); 1042 } 1043 1044 case LookupResult::Found: 1045 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1046 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1047 break; 1048 1049 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1050 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1051 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1052 /*AllowDependent=*/false)) { 1053 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1054 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1055 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1056 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1057 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1058 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1059 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1060 // ambiguous. 1061 // 1062 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1063 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1064 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1065 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1066 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1072 return NameClassification::Error(); 1073 } 1074 1075 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1076 (IsFilteredTemplateName || 1077 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames( 1078 Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1079 /*AllowDependent=*/false, 1080 /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() && 1081 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) { 1082 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1083 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1084 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1085 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1086 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1087 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1088 // C++2a [temp.names]p2: 1089 // A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an 1090 // unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one 1091 // or more functions or finds nothing. 1092 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1093 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1094 1095 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1096 bool IsVarTemplate; 1097 TemplateName Template; 1098 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1099 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1100 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1101 Result.end()); 1102 } else if (!Result.empty()) { 1103 auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl( 1104 *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1105 /*AllowDependent=*/false)); 1106 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1107 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1108 1109 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1110 Template = 1111 Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1112 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD); 1113 else 1114 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1115 } else { 1116 // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template 1117 // name. 1118 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1119 Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 1120 } 1121 1122 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1123 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1124 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1125 // to based on which function we selected. 1126 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1127 1128 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1129 } 1130 1131 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1132 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1133 } 1134 1135 auto BuildTypeFor = [&](TypeDecl *Type, NamedDecl *Found) { 1136 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1137 if (const auto *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Found)) 1138 T = Context.getUsingType(USD, T); 1139 1140 if (SS.isEmpty()) // No elaborated type, trivial location info 1141 return ParsedType::make(T); 1142 1143 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 1144 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 1145 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 1146 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 1147 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 1148 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 1149 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 1150 }; 1151 1152 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1153 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1154 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1155 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1156 return BuildTypeFor(Type, *Result.begin()); 1157 } 1158 1159 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1160 if (!Class) { 1161 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1162 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1163 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1164 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1165 } 1166 1167 if (Class) { 1168 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1169 1170 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1171 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1172 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1173 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1174 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1175 } 1176 1177 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1178 return ParsedType::make(T); 1179 } 1180 1181 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1182 return NameClassification::Concept( 1183 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1184 1185 if (auto *EmptyD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1186 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(EmptyD, NameLoc); 1187 return NameClassification::Error(); 1188 } 1189 1190 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1191 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1192 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1193 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1194 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1195 1196 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1197 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1198 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1199 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1200 (NextIsOp && 1201 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1202 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1203 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1204 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1205 return BuildTypeFor(Type, *Result.begin()); 1206 } 1207 1208 // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate 1209 // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class 1210 // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know 1211 // the context. 1212 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1213 if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL && !FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1214 return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl()); 1215 1216 // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later. 1217 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1218 return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create( 1219 Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 1220 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.isOverloadedResult(), 1221 Result.begin(), Result.end())); 1222 } 1223 1224 ExprResult 1225 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, 1226 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 1227 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?"); 1228 CXXScopeSpec SS; 1229 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1230 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 1231 } 1232 1233 ExprResult 1234 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1235 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1236 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1237 bool IsAddressOfOperand) { 1238 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 1239 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1240 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1241 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1242 } 1243 1244 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1245 NamedDecl *Found, 1246 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1247 const Token &NextToken) { 1248 if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty()) 1249 if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1250 return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar); 1251 1252 // Reconstruct the lookup result. 1253 LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1254 Result.addDecl(Found); 1255 Result.resolveKind(); 1256 1257 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1258 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1259 } 1260 1261 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) { 1262 // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member 1263 // access expression if necessary. 1264 auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E); 1265 if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { 1266 CXXScopeSpec SS; 1267 SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc()); 1268 1269 // Reconstruct the lookup result. 1270 LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(), 1271 LookupOrdinaryName); 1272 Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass()); 1273 for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) 1274 Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess()); 1275 Result.resolveKind(); 1276 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1277 nullptr, S); 1278 } 1279 1280 // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks 1281 // are necessary. 1282 return ULE; 1283 } 1284 1285 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1286 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1287 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1288 if (!TD) 1289 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1290 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1291 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1292 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1293 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1294 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1295 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1296 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1297 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1298 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1299 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1300 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD)) 1301 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept; 1302 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1303 } 1304 1305 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1306 assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext && 1307 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1308 CurContext = DC; 1309 S->setEntity(DC); 1310 } 1311 1312 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1313 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1314 1315 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1316 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1317 } 1318 1319 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1320 Decl *D) { 1321 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1322 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1323 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1324 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1325 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1326 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1327 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1328 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1329 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1330 return Result; 1331 } 1332 1333 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1334 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1335 } 1336 1337 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1338 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1339 /// 1340 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1341 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1342 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1343 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1344 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1345 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1346 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1347 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1348 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1349 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1350 // namespace. 1351 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1352 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1353 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1354 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1355 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1356 1357 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1358 1359 #ifndef NDEBUG 1360 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1361 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1362 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1363 #endif 1364 1365 CurContext = DC; 1366 S->setEntity(DC); 1367 1368 if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 1369 // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing 1370 // template parameter scopes. 1371 EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC); 1372 } 1373 } 1374 1375 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1376 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1377 1378 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1379 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1380 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1381 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1382 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1383 1384 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1385 // disappear. 1386 } 1387 1388 void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1389 assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() && 1390 "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope"); 1391 1392 // C++20 [temp.local]p7: 1393 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside 1394 // of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class 1395 // template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class 1396 // templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a 1397 // class or function template). 1398 // C++20 [temp.local]p9: 1399 // In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member 1400 // of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for 1401 // each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class 1402 // or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a 1403 // template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the 1404 // template-parameter name (6.4.10). 1405 // 1406 // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately 1407 // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter 1408 // scope. For example, for 1409 // template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V> 1410 // void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...) 1411 // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base 1412 // classes) then T then N then ::. 1413 unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S); 1414 for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) { 1415 DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC; 1416 for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 1417 if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL = 1418 cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) { 1419 unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1; 1420 if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth) 1421 continue; 1422 if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth) 1423 SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent(); 1424 break; 1425 } 1426 } 1427 S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope); 1428 } 1429 } 1430 1431 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1432 // We assume that the caller has already called 1433 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1434 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1435 if (!FD) 1436 return; 1437 1438 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1439 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1440 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1441 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1442 CurContext = FD; 1443 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1444 1445 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1446 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1447 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1448 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1449 S->AddDecl(Param); 1450 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1451 } 1452 } 1453 } 1454 1455 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1456 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1457 // rather than the top-level class. 1458 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1459 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1460 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1461 } 1462 1463 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1464 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1465 /// 1466 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1467 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1468 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1469 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1470 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1471 /// attribute. 1472 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1473 ASTContext &Context, 1474 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1475 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1476 return true; 1477 1478 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1479 return true; 1480 1481 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1482 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1483 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1484 } 1485 1486 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1487 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1488 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1489 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1490 // scope. 1491 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1492 S = S->getParent(); 1493 1494 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1495 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1496 // into any context. 1497 if (AddToContext) 1498 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1499 1500 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1501 // are function-local declarations. 1502 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent()) 1503 return; 1504 1505 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1506 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1507 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1508 return; 1509 1510 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1511 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1512 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1513 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1514 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1515 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1516 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1517 1518 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1519 break; 1520 } 1521 } 1522 1523 S->AddDecl(D); 1524 1525 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1526 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1527 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1528 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1529 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1530 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1531 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1532 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1533 continue; 1534 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1535 break; 1536 } 1537 1538 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1539 } else { 1540 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1541 } 1542 warnOnReservedIdentifier(D); 1543 } 1544 1545 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1546 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1547 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1548 } 1549 1550 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1551 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1552 do { 1553 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1554 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1555 return S; 1556 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1557 1558 return nullptr; 1559 } 1560 1561 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1562 DeclContext*, 1563 ASTContext&); 1564 1565 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1566 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1567 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1568 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1569 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1570 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1571 while (F.hasNext()) { 1572 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1573 1574 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1575 continue; 1576 1577 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1578 continue; 1579 1580 F.erase(); 1581 } 1582 1583 F.done(); 1584 } 1585 1586 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1587 /// have compatible owning modules. 1588 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1589 // [module.interface]p7: 1590 // A declaration is attached to a module as follows: 1591 // - If the declaration is a non-dependent friend declaration that nominates a 1592 // function with a declarator-id that is a qualified-id or template-id or that 1593 // nominates a class other than with an elaborated-type-specifier with neither 1594 // a nested-name-specifier nor a simple-template-id, it is attached to the 1595 // module to which the friend is attached ([basic.link]). 1596 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1597 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1598 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1599 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1600 return false; 1601 } 1602 1603 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1604 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1605 1606 if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1607 NewM = NewM->Parent; 1608 if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1609 OldM = OldM->Parent; 1610 1611 // If we have a decl in a module partition, it is part of the containing 1612 // module (which is the only thing that can be importing it). 1613 if (NewM && OldM && 1614 (OldM->Kind == Module::ModulePartitionInterface || 1615 OldM->Kind == Module::ModulePartitionImplementation)) { 1616 return false; 1617 } 1618 1619 if (NewM == OldM) 1620 return false; 1621 1622 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview(); 1623 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview(); 1624 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1625 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1626 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1627 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1628 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1629 << New 1630 << NewIsModuleInterface 1631 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1632 << OldIsModuleInterface 1633 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1634 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1635 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1636 return true; 1637 } 1638 1639 return false; 1640 } 1641 1642 // [module.interface]p6: 1643 // A redeclaration of an entity X is implicitly exported if X was introduced by 1644 // an exported declaration; otherwise it shall not be exported. 1645 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationExported(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1646 // [module.interface]p1: 1647 // An export-declaration shall inhabit a namespace scope. 1648 // 1649 // So it is meaningless to talk about redeclaration which is not at namespace 1650 // scope. 1651 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext() 1652 ->getNonTransparentContext() 1653 ->isFileContext() || 1654 !Old->getLexicalDeclContext() 1655 ->getNonTransparentContext() 1656 ->isFileContext()) 1657 return false; 1658 1659 bool IsNewExported = New->isInExportDeclContext(); 1660 bool IsOldExported = Old->isInExportDeclContext(); 1661 1662 // It should be irrevelant if both of them are not exported. 1663 if (!IsNewExported && !IsOldExported) 1664 return false; 1665 1666 if (IsOldExported) 1667 return false; 1668 1669 assert(IsNewExported); 1670 1671 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redeclaration_non_exported) << New; 1672 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1673 return true; 1674 } 1675 1676 // A wrapper function for checking the semantic restrictions of 1677 // a redeclaration within a module. 1678 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationInModule(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1679 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 1680 return true; 1681 1682 if (CheckRedeclarationExported(New, Old)) 1683 return true; 1684 1685 return false; 1686 } 1687 1688 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1689 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1690 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1691 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1692 } 1693 1694 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1695 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1696 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1697 while (F.hasNext()) 1698 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1699 F.erase(); 1700 1701 F.done(); 1702 } 1703 1704 /// Check for this common pattern: 1705 /// @code 1706 /// class S { 1707 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1708 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1709 /// }; 1710 /// @endcode 1711 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1712 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1713 // the decl here. 1714 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1715 return false; 1716 1717 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1718 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1719 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1720 } 1721 1722 // We need this to handle 1723 // 1724 // typedef struct { 1725 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1726 // } A; 1727 // 1728 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1729 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1730 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1731 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1732 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1733 // not. 1734 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1735 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1736 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1737 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1738 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1739 return true; 1740 } 1741 DC = DC->getParent(); 1742 } 1743 1744 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1745 } 1746 1747 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1748 // these semantics. 1749 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1750 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1751 return false; 1752 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1753 } 1754 1755 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1756 assert(D); 1757 1758 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1759 return false; 1760 1761 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1762 // of members of class templates. 1763 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1764 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1765 return false; 1766 1767 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1768 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1769 return false; 1770 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1771 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1772 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1773 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1774 return false; 1775 1776 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1777 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1778 return false; 1779 } else { 1780 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1781 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1782 return false; 1783 } 1784 1785 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1786 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1787 return false; 1788 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1789 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1790 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1791 // like "inline".) 1792 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1793 return false; 1794 1795 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1796 return false; 1797 1798 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1799 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1800 return false; 1801 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1802 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1803 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1804 return false; 1805 1806 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1807 return false; 1808 } else { 1809 return false; 1810 } 1811 1812 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1813 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1814 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1815 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1816 } 1817 1818 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1819 if (!D) 1820 return; 1821 1822 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1823 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1824 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1825 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1826 } 1827 1828 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1829 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1830 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1831 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1832 } 1833 1834 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1835 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1836 } 1837 1838 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1839 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1840 return false; 1841 1842 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1843 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1844 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1845 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1846 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 1847 if (BD->isReferenced()) 1848 return false; 1849 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1850 return false; 1851 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1852 return false; 1853 } 1854 1855 if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1856 return false; 1857 1858 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1859 return true; 1860 1861 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1862 // functions. 1863 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1864 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1865 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1866 WithinFunction = 1867 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1868 if (!WithinFunction) 1869 return false; 1870 1871 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1872 return true; 1873 1874 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1875 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1876 return false; 1877 1878 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1879 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1880 1881 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1882 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1883 1884 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1885 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1886 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1887 return false; 1888 } 1889 1890 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1891 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1892 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1893 return false; 1894 1895 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1896 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1897 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1898 1899 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1900 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1901 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1902 return false; 1903 1904 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1905 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1906 return false; 1907 1908 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1909 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1910 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1911 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1912 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1913 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1914 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1915 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1916 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1917 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1918 return false; 1919 } 1920 1921 // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and 1922 // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor. 1923 if (Init->isTypeDependent()) 1924 for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors()) 1925 if (!Ctor->isTrivial()) 1926 return false; 1927 } 1928 } 1929 } 1930 1931 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1932 } 1933 1934 return true; 1935 } 1936 1937 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1938 FixItHint &Hint) { 1939 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1940 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 1941 D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), 1942 true); 1943 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1944 return; 1945 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 1946 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon)); 1947 } 1948 } 1949 1950 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1951 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1952 return; 1953 1954 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1955 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1956 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1957 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1958 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1959 } 1960 } 1961 1962 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1963 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1964 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1965 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1966 return; 1967 1968 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1969 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1970 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1971 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1972 return; 1973 } 1974 1975 FixItHint Hint; 1976 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1977 1978 unsigned DiagID; 1979 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1980 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1981 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1982 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1983 else 1984 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1985 1986 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1987 } 1988 1989 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD) { 1990 // If it's not referenced, it can't be set. If it has the Cleanup attribute, 1991 // it's not really unused. 1992 if (!VD->isReferenced() || !VD->getDeclName() || VD->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1993 VD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>()) 1994 return; 1995 1996 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1997 1998 if (Ty->isReferenceType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1999 return; 2000 2001 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 2002 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 2003 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 2004 return; 2005 // In C++, don't warn for record types that don't have WarnUnusedAttr, to 2006 // mimic gcc's behavior. 2007 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2008 if (!RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 2009 return; 2010 } 2011 } 2012 2013 // Don't warn about __block Objective-C pointer variables, as they might 2014 // be assigned in the block but not used elsewhere for the purpose of lifetime 2015 // extension. 2016 if (VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2017 return; 2018 2019 // Don't warn about Objective-C pointer variables with precise lifetime 2020 // semantics; they can be used to ensure ARC releases the object at a known 2021 // time, which may mean assignment but no other references. 2022 if (VD->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>() && Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2023 return; 2024 2025 auto iter = RefsMinusAssignments.find(VD); 2026 if (iter == RefsMinusAssignments.end()) 2027 return; 2028 2029 assert(iter->getSecond() >= 0 && 2030 "Found a negative number of references to a VarDecl"); 2031 if (iter->getSecond() != 0) 2032 return; 2033 unsigned DiagID = isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) ? diag::warn_unused_but_set_parameter 2034 : diag::warn_unused_but_set_variable; 2035 Diag(VD->getLocation(), DiagID) << VD; 2036 } 2037 2038 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 2039 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 2040 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 2041 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 2042 // MS inline assembly label name. 2043 bool Diagnose = false; 2044 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 2045 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 2046 else 2047 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 2048 if (Diagnose) 2049 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L; 2050 } 2051 2052 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 2053 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 2054 2055 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 2056 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 2057 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 2058 2059 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 2060 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 2061 2062 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 2063 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 2064 2065 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 2066 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 2067 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 2068 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 2069 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 2070 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2071 DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(VD); 2072 RefsMinusAssignments.erase(VD); 2073 } 2074 } 2075 2076 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 2077 2078 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 2079 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 2080 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 2081 2082 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 2083 // already. 2084 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 2085 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 2086 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 2087 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 2088 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 2089 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 2090 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2091 } 2092 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 2093 } 2094 } 2095 } 2096 2097 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 2098 /// 2099 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 2100 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 2101 /// to the fixed name. 2102 /// 2103 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 2104 /// 2105 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 2106 /// if there is no class with the given name. 2107 /// 2108 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 2109 /// class could not be found. 2110 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2111 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2112 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 2113 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 2114 // creation from this context. 2115 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2116 2117 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 2118 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 2119 // find an Objective-C class name. 2120 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{}; 2121 if (TypoCorrection C = 2122 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 2123 TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 2124 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 2125 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 2126 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 2127 } 2128 } 2129 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 2130 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 2131 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 2132 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 2133 return Def; 2134 } 2135 2136 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 2137 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 2138 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 2139 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 2140 /// ill-formed in C++: 2141 /// @code 2142 /// struct S6 { 2143 /// enum { BAR } e; 2144 /// }; 2145 /// 2146 /// void test_S6() { 2147 /// struct S6 a; 2148 /// a.e = BAR; 2149 /// } 2150 /// @endcode 2151 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 2152 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 2153 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 2154 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 2155 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 2156 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 2157 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 2158 /// contain non-field names. 2159 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 2160 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 2161 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 2162 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 2163 S = S->getParent(); 2164 return S; 2165 } 2166 2167 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID, 2168 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 2169 switch (Error) { 2170 case ASTContext::GE_None: 2171 return ""; 2172 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type: 2173 return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID); 2174 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 2175 return "stdio.h"; 2176 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 2177 return "setjmp.h"; 2178 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 2179 return "ucontext.h"; 2180 } 2181 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 2182 } 2183 2184 FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, 2185 unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) { 2186 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2187 2188 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2189 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create( 2190 Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 2191 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 2192 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 2193 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 2194 } 2195 2196 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type, 2197 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, 2198 getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), 2199 false, Type->isFunctionProtoType()); 2200 New->setImplicit(); 2201 New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID)); 2202 2203 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 2204 // FunctionDecl. 2205 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) { 2206 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params; 2207 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 2208 ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create( 2209 Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2210 FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr); 2211 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2212 Params.push_back(parm); 2213 } 2214 New->setParams(Params); 2215 } 2216 2217 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2218 return New; 2219 } 2220 2221 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 2222 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 2223 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 2224 /// built-in. 2225 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2226 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2227 SourceLocation Loc) { 2228 LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID); 2229 2230 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 2231 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 2232 if (Error) { 2233 if (!ForRedeclaration) 2234 return nullptr; 2235 2236 // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a 2237 // warning when we were not able to find a type for it. 2238 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type || 2239 Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID)) 2240 return nullptr; 2241 2242 // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was 2243 // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration. 2244 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) { 2245 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf) 2246 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2247 return nullptr; 2248 } 2249 2250 // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the 2251 // appropriate header. 2252 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 2253 << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error) 2254 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2255 return nullptr; 2256 } 2257 2258 if (!ForRedeclaration && 2259 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 2260 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 2261 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 2262 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 2263 if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)) 2264 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 2265 << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2266 } 2267 2268 if (R.isNull()) 2269 return nullptr; 2270 2271 FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc); 2272 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2273 2274 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2275 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2276 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2277 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2278 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2279 CurContext = New->getDeclContext(); 2280 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2281 CurContext = SavedContext; 2282 return New; 2283 } 2284 2285 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2286 /// entity if their types are the same. 2287 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2288 /// isSameEntity. 2289 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2290 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2291 LookupResult &Previous) { 2292 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2293 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2294 return; 2295 2296 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2297 if (Previous.empty()) 2298 return; 2299 2300 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2301 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2302 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2303 2304 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2305 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2306 continue; 2307 2308 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2309 // different linkages. 2310 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2311 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2312 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2313 continue; 2314 2315 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2316 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2317 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2318 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2319 continue; 2320 } 2321 2322 Filter.erase(); 2323 } 2324 2325 Filter.done(); 2326 } 2327 2328 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2329 QualType OldType; 2330 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2331 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2332 else 2333 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2334 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2335 2336 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2337 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2338 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2339 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2340 << Kind << NewType; 2341 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2342 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2343 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2344 return true; 2345 } 2346 2347 if (OldType != NewType && 2348 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2349 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2350 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2351 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2352 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2353 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2354 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2355 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2356 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2357 return true; 2358 } 2359 return false; 2360 } 2361 2362 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2363 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2364 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2365 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2366 /// 2367 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2368 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2369 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2370 // merging checks. 2371 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2372 2373 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2374 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2375 if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { 2376 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2377 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2378 default: break; 2379 case 2: 2380 { 2381 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2382 break; 2383 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2384 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2385 break; 2386 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2387 QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2388 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2389 break; 2390 } 2391 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2392 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2393 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2394 return; 2395 } 2396 case 5: 2397 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2398 break; 2399 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2400 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2401 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2402 return; 2403 case 3: 2404 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2405 break; 2406 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2407 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2408 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2409 return; 2410 } 2411 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2412 } 2413 2414 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2415 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2416 if (!Old) { 2417 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2418 << New->getDeclName(); 2419 2420 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2421 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2422 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2423 2424 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2425 } 2426 2427 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2428 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2429 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2430 2431 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2432 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2433 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2434 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2435 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2436 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2437 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2438 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2439 // instead of our tag. 2440 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2441 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2442 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2443 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2444 else 2445 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2446 2447 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2448 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2449 2450 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2451 // out of the scope. 2452 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2453 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2454 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2455 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2456 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2457 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2458 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2459 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2460 } 2461 } 2462 } 2463 } 2464 2465 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2466 // with any extensions enabled. 2467 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2468 return; 2469 2470 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2471 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2472 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2473 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2474 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2475 } 2476 2477 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2478 return; 2479 2480 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2481 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2482 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2483 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2484 // to the type to which it already refers. 2485 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2486 return; 2487 2488 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2489 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2490 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2491 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2492 // 2493 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2494 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2495 // 2496 // struct S { 2497 // typedef struct A { } A; 2498 // }; 2499 // 2500 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2501 // allow the above but disallow 2502 // 2503 // struct S { 2504 // typedef int I; 2505 // typedef int I; 2506 // }; 2507 // 2508 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2509 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2510 return; 2511 2512 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2513 << New->getDeclName(); 2514 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2515 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2516 } 2517 2518 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2519 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2520 return; 2521 2522 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2523 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2524 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2525 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2526 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2527 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2528 (Old->isImplicit() || 2529 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2530 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2531 return; 2532 2533 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2534 << New->getDeclName(); 2535 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2536 } 2537 2538 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2539 /// attribute. 2540 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2541 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2542 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2543 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2544 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2545 if (Ann) { 2546 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2547 return true; 2548 continue; 2549 } 2550 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2551 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2552 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2553 return true; 2554 } 2555 2556 return false; 2557 } 2558 2559 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2560 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2561 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2562 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2563 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2564 return true; 2565 } 2566 2567 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2568 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2569 /// 2570 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2571 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2572 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2573 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2574 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2575 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2576 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2577 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2578 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2579 // in a case like: 2580 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2581 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2582 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2583 // definition in such a case. 2584 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2585 return false; 2586 2587 if (I->isAlignas()) 2588 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2589 2590 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2591 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2592 OldAlign = Align; 2593 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2594 } 2595 } 2596 2597 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2598 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2599 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2600 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2601 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2602 return false; 2603 2604 if (I->isAlignas()) 2605 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2606 2607 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2608 if (Align > NewAlign) 2609 NewAlign = Align; 2610 } 2611 2612 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2613 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2614 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2615 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2616 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2617 2618 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2619 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2620 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2621 QualType Ty; 2622 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2623 Ty = VD->getType(); 2624 else 2625 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2626 2627 if (OldAlign == 0) 2628 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2629 if (NewAlign == 0) 2630 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2631 } 2632 2633 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2634 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2635 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2636 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2637 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2638 } 2639 } 2640 2641 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2642 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2643 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2644 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2645 // equivalent alignment. 2646 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2647 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2648 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2649 // have no alignment specifier. 2650 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2651 << OldAlignasAttr; 2652 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2653 << OldAlignasAttr; 2654 } 2655 2656 bool AnyAdded = false; 2657 2658 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2659 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2660 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2661 Clone->setInherited(true); 2662 New->addAttr(Clone); 2663 AnyAdded = true; 2664 } 2665 2666 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2667 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2668 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2669 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2670 Clone->setInherited(true); 2671 New->addAttr(Clone); 2672 AnyAdded = true; 2673 } 2674 2675 return AnyAdded; 2676 } 2677 2678 #define WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC 2679 #include "clang/Sema/AttrParsedAttrImpl.inc" 2680 #undef WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC 2681 2682 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2683 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2684 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2685 // Diagnose any mutual exclusions between the attribute that we want to add 2686 // and attributes that already exist on the declaration. 2687 if (!DiagnoseMutualExclusions(S, D, Attr)) 2688 return false; 2689 2690 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2691 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2692 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2693 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2694 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2695 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2696 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2697 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2698 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2699 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( 2700 D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2701 AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2702 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2703 AA->getPriority()); 2704 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2705 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2706 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2707 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2708 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2709 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA); 2710 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2711 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA); 2712 else if (const auto *EA = dyn_cast<ErrorAttr>(Attr)) 2713 NewAttr = S.mergeErrorAttr(D, *EA, EA->getUserDiagnostic()); 2714 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2715 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(), 2716 FA->getFirstArg()); 2717 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2718 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName()); 2719 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) 2720 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName()); 2721 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2722 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(), 2723 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 2724 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2725 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA, 2726 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling())); 2727 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2728 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2729 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2730 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2731 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2732 return false; 2733 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2734 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA); 2735 else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr)) 2736 NewAttr = S.mergeSwiftNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName()); 2737 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2738 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA); 2739 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2740 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA); 2741 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2742 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2743 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2744 NewAttr = nullptr; 2745 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2746 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2747 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation || 2748 AMK == Sema::AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation)) 2749 NewAttr = nullptr; 2750 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2751 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl()); 2752 else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr)) 2753 NewAttr = S.mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA); 2754 else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr)) 2755 NewAttr = S.mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA); 2756 else if (const auto *TCBA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBAttr>(Attr)) 2757 NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBAttr(D, *TCBA); 2758 else if (const auto *TCBLA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBLeafAttr>(Attr)) 2759 NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(D, *TCBLA); 2760 else if (const auto *BTFA = dyn_cast<BTFDeclTagAttr>(Attr)) 2761 NewAttr = S.mergeBTFDeclTagAttr(D, *BTFA); 2762 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2763 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2764 2765 if (NewAttr) { 2766 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2767 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2768 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2769 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2770 return true; 2771 } 2772 2773 return false; 2774 } 2775 2776 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2777 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2778 return TD->getDefinition(); 2779 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2780 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2781 if (Def) 2782 return Def; 2783 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2784 } 2785 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2786 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr; 2787 if (FD->isDefined(Def, true)) 2788 return Def; 2789 } 2790 return nullptr; 2791 } 2792 2793 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2794 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2795 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2796 return true; 2797 return false; 2798 } 2799 2800 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2801 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2802 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2803 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2804 return; 2805 2806 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2807 if (!Def || Def == New) 2808 return; 2809 2810 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2811 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2812 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2813 2814 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2815 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2816 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2817 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2818 2819 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2820 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2821 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2822 --E; 2823 continue; 2824 } 2825 } else { 2826 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2827 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2828 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2829 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2830 : diag::err_redefinition; 2831 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2832 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2833 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2834 else 2835 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2836 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2837 } 2838 ++I; 2839 continue; 2840 } 2841 2842 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2843 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2844 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2845 ++I; 2846 continue; 2847 } 2848 } 2849 2850 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2851 ++I; 2852 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2853 } 2854 2855 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2856 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2857 ++I; 2858 continue; 2859 } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2860 // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class 2861 ++I; 2862 continue; 2863 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2864 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2865 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2866 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2867 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2868 // equivalent alignment. 2869 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2870 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2871 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2872 // have no alignment specifier. 2873 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2874 << AA; 2875 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2876 << AA; 2877 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2878 --E; 2879 continue; 2880 } 2881 } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2882 // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this 2883 // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the 2884 // standard diagnostics. 2885 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2886 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2887 diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration); 2888 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2889 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2890 --E; 2891 continue; 2892 } 2893 } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) && 2894 cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() && 2895 !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) { 2896 // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables. 2897 // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany 2898 // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we 2899 // honored it. 2900 ++I; 2901 continue; 2902 } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2903 // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to 2904 // declarations after defintions. 2905 ++I; 2906 continue; 2907 } 2908 2909 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2910 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2911 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2912 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2913 --E; 2914 } 2915 } 2916 2917 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl, 2918 const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr, 2919 bool AttrBeforeInit) { 2920 SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart(); 2921 2922 // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration. 2923 // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve 2924 // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without 2925 // heroics. 2926 std::string SuitableSpelling; 2927 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) 2928 SuitableSpelling = std::string( 2929 S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit})); 2930 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2931 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2932 InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square, 2933 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon, 2934 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2935 tok::r_square, tok::r_square})); 2936 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2937 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2938 InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren, 2939 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2940 tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren})); 2941 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) 2942 SuitableSpelling = "constinit"; 2943 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2944 SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]"; 2945 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2946 SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))"; 2947 SuitableSpelling += " "; 2948 2949 if (AttrBeforeInit) { 2950 // extern constinit int a; 2951 // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension 2952 assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute"); 2953 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing) 2954 << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2955 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here); 2956 } else { 2957 // int a = 0; 2958 // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit') 2959 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), 2960 CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late 2961 : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late) 2962 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation())); 2963 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here) 2964 << CIAttr->isConstinit() 2965 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2966 } 2967 } 2968 2969 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2970 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2971 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2972 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2973 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2974 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2975 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2976 } 2977 if (RetainAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) { 2978 RetainAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2979 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2980 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2981 } 2982 2983 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2984 return; 2985 2986 // [dcl.constinit]p1: 2987 // If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a 2988 // variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration. 2989 const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2990 const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2991 if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) { 2992 const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old); 2993 auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2994 2995 // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked 2996 // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet. 2997 const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration(); 2998 if (!InitDecl && 2999 (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())) 3000 InitDecl = NewVD; 3001 3002 if (InitDecl == NewVD) { 3003 // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit', 3004 // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute 3005 // form). 3006 if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit()) 3007 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit, 3008 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true); 3009 } else if (NewConstInit) { 3010 // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should 3011 // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing 3012 // declaration, this is too late. 3013 if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) { 3014 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit, 3015 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false); 3016 NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 3017 } 3018 } 3019 } 3020 3021 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 3022 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 3023 3024 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 3025 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 3026 if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) { 3027 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 3028 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 3029 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3030 } 3031 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 3032 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 3033 // already been ODR-used. 3034 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 3035 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 3036 } 3037 } 3038 3039 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 3040 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 3041 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 3042 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 3043 if (!llvm::is_contained(OldAbiTagAttr->tags(), NewTag)) { 3044 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 3045 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 3046 << NewTag; 3047 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3048 } 3049 } 3050 } else { 3051 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 3052 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3053 } 3054 } 3055 3056 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 3057 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 3058 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 3059 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 3060 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 3061 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3062 } 3063 } 3064 } 3065 3066 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. 3067 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); 3068 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && 3069 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { 3070 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) 3071 << 0 /*codeseg*/; 3072 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3073 } 3074 3075 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 3076 return; 3077 3078 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 3079 3080 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 3081 // we process them. 3082 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 3083 3084 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 3085 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 3086 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 3087 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 3088 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 3089 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 3090 switch (AMK) { 3091 case AMK_None: 3092 continue; 3093 3094 case AMK_Redeclaration: 3095 case AMK_Override: 3096 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 3097 case AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation: 3098 LocalAMK = AMK; 3099 break; 3100 } 3101 } 3102 3103 // Already handled. 3104 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I) || isa<RetainAttr>(I)) 3105 continue; 3106 3107 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 3108 foundAny = true; 3109 } 3110 3111 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 3112 foundAny = true; 3113 3114 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 3115 } 3116 3117 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 3118 /// to the new one. 3119 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 3120 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 3121 Sema &S) { 3122 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3123 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3124 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3125 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3126 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3127 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3128 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3129 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 3130 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 3131 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 3132 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 3133 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 3134 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 3135 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 3136 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 3137 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 3138 } 3139 3140 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 3141 return; 3142 3143 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 3144 3145 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 3146 // done before we process them. 3147 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 3148 3149 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 3150 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 3151 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 3152 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 3153 newAttr->setInherited(true); 3154 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 3155 foundAny = true; 3156 } 3157 } 3158 3159 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 3160 } 3161 3162 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 3163 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 3164 Sema &S) { 3165 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 3166 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 3167 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 3168 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 3169 << DiagNullabilityKind( 3170 *Newnullability, 3171 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 3172 != 0)) 3173 << DiagNullabilityKind( 3174 *Oldnullability, 3175 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 3176 != 0)); 3177 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3178 } 3179 } else { 3180 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 3181 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 3182 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 3183 NewT, NewT); 3184 NewParam->setType(NewT); 3185 } 3186 } 3187 } 3188 3189 namespace { 3190 3191 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 3192 /// C. 3193 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 3194 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 3195 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 3196 QualType PromotedType; 3197 }; 3198 3199 } // end anonymous namespace 3200 3201 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 3202 // declaration, or a declaration. 3203 template <typename T> 3204 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 3205 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3206 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3207 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 3208 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3209 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 3210 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 3211 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 3212 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 3213 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 3214 } else 3215 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 3216 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 3217 } 3218 3219 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 3220 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 3221 /// GNU89 mode. 3222 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 3223 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 3224 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 3225 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 3226 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 3227 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 3228 } 3229 3230 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 3231 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3232 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 3233 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3234 return AT; 3235 } 3236 3237 template <typename T> 3238 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3239 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 3240 if (DC->isRecord()) 3241 return false; 3242 3243 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 3244 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 3245 return true; 3246 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 3247 return true; 3248 return false; 3249 } 3250 3251 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 3252 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 3253 static bool isExternC(FunctionTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 3254 3255 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 3256 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 3257 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 3258 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 3259 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 3260 ExpectedDecl *New) { 3261 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 3262 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 3263 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 3264 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 3265 // and function templates; or 3266 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 3267 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 3268 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 3269 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 3270 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 3271 3272 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 3273 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 3274 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 3275 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 3276 // function, the program is ill-formed. 3277 3278 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 3279 if (Old && 3280 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 3281 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 3282 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 3283 Old = nullptr; 3284 3285 if (!Old) { 3286 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 3287 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 3288 S.Diag(OldS->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3289 return true; 3290 } 3291 return false; 3292 } 3293 3294 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 3295 const FunctionDecl *B) { 3296 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 3297 3298 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 3299 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3300 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3301 if (AttrA == AttrB) 3302 return true; 3303 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() && 3304 AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic(); 3305 }; 3306 3307 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 3308 } 3309 3310 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 3311 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 3312 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 3313 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 3314 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 3315 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 3316 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 3317 // 3318 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 3319 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 3320 // 3321 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 3322 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 3323 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 3324 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 3325 return; 3326 3327 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 3328 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3329 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3330 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 3331 return; 3332 3333 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 3334 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 3335 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 3336 3337 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3338 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 3339 if (!D) 3340 return; 3341 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 3342 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 3343 }; 3344 3345 FixSemaDC(NewD); 3346 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 3347 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 3348 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 3349 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 3350 } 3351 3352 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 3353 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 3354 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 3355 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3356 /// 3357 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 3358 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 3359 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 3360 /// merged with. 3361 /// 3362 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 3363 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 3364 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3365 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 3366 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 3367 if (!Old) { 3368 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 3369 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 3370 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 3371 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 3372 diag::note_using_decl_target); 3373 Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 3374 << 0; 3375 return true; 3376 } 3377 3378 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function or 3379 // function template. 3380 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 3381 New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 3382 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, 3383 NewTemplate)) 3384 return true; 3385 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()) 3386 ->getAsFunction(); 3387 } else { 3388 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3389 return true; 3390 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 3391 } 3392 } else { 3393 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3394 << New->getDeclName(); 3395 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3396 return true; 3397 } 3398 } 3399 3400 // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new 3401 // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match. 3402 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 3403 3404 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3405 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3406 return true; 3407 3408 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3409 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3410 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3411 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3412 << Old << Old->getType(); 3413 return true; 3414 } 3415 3416 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3417 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3418 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3419 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3420 3421 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3422 // is an extern inline function. 3423 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3424 // storage classes. 3425 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3426 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3427 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3428 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3429 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3430 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3431 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3432 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3433 } else { 3434 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3435 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3436 return true; 3437 } 3438 } 3439 3440 if (const auto *ILA = New->getAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) 3441 if (!Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3442 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) 3443 << ILA; 3444 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3445 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3446 } 3447 3448 if (auto *EA = New->getAttr<ErrorAttr>()) { 3449 if (!Old->hasAttr<ErrorAttr>()) { 3450 Diag(EA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) << EA; 3451 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3452 New->dropAttr<ErrorAttr>(); 3453 } 3454 } 3455 3456 if (CheckRedeclarationInModule(New, Old)) 3457 return true; 3458 3459 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3460 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3461 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3462 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3463 << New << OldOvl; 3464 3465 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3466 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3467 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3468 // 3469 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3470 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3471 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3472 if (OldOvl) { 3473 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3474 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3475 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3476 }); 3477 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3478 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3479 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3480 } 3481 3482 if (DiagOld) 3483 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3484 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3485 << OldOvl; 3486 3487 if (OldOvl) 3488 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3489 else 3490 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3491 } 3492 } 3493 3494 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3495 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3496 // convention of the first. 3497 // 3498 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3499 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3500 // 3501 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3502 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3503 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3504 // 3505 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3506 // other tests to run. 3507 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3508 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3509 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3510 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3511 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3512 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3513 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3514 3515 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3516 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3517 const FunctionType *FT = 3518 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3519 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3520 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3521 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3522 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3523 // there but not here. 3524 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3525 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3526 } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) { 3527 // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point, 3528 // so we check if the old one is a builtin. 3529 3530 // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a 3531 // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is 3532 // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration. 3533 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) 3534 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3535 << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction; 3536 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3537 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3538 } else { 3539 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3540 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3541 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3542 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3543 << !FirstCCExplicit 3544 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3545 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3546 3547 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3548 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3549 return true; 3550 } 3551 } 3552 3553 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3554 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3555 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3556 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3557 } 3558 3559 // Merge regparm attribute. 3560 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3561 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3562 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3563 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3564 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3565 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3566 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3567 return true; 3568 } 3569 3570 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3571 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3572 } 3573 3574 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3575 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3576 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3578 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3579 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3580 return true; 3581 } 3582 3583 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3584 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3585 } 3586 3587 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3588 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3589 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3590 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3591 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3593 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3594 return true; 3595 } 3596 3597 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3598 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3599 } 3600 3601 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3602 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3603 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3604 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3605 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3606 } 3607 3608 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3609 // UndefinedButUsed. 3610 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3611 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3612 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3613 Old->isUsed(false) && 3614 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3615 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3616 SourceLocation())); 3617 3618 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3619 // about it. 3620 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3621 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3622 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3623 } 3624 3625 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3626 // redeclaration. 3627 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3628 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3630 << New->getDeclName(); 3631 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3632 return true; 3633 } 3634 3635 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3636 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3637 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3638 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3639 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3640 3641 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3642 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3643 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3644 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3645 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3646 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3647 return true; 3648 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3649 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3650 3651 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3652 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3653 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3654 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3655 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3656 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3657 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3658 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3659 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, 3660 OldDeclaredReturnType)) { 3661 QualType ResQT; 3662 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3663 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3664 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. 3665 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3666 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3667 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3668 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3669 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3670 else 3671 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3672 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3673 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3674 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3675 return true; 3676 } 3677 else 3678 NewQType = ResQT; 3679 } 3680 3681 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3682 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3683 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3684 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3685 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3686 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3687 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3688 QualType DT = OldAT->getDeducedType(); 3689 if (DT.isNull()) { 3690 New->setType(SubstAutoTypeDependent(New->getType())); 3691 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(SubstAutoTypeDependent(NewQType)); 3692 } else { 3693 New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), DT)); 3694 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(SubstAutoType(NewQType, DT)); 3695 } 3696 } 3697 } 3698 3699 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3700 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3701 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3702 // Preserve triviality. 3703 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3704 3705 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3706 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3707 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3708 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3709 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3710 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3711 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3712 3713 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3714 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3715 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3716 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3717 // is a static member function declaration. 3718 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3719 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3720 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3721 return true; 3722 } 3723 3724 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3725 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3726 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3727 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3728 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3729 unsigned NewDiag; 3730 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3731 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3732 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3733 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3734 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3735 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3736 else 3737 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3738 3739 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3740 } else { 3741 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3742 << New << New->getType(); 3743 } 3744 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3745 return true; 3746 3747 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3748 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3749 // 3750 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3751 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3752 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3753 if (isFriend) { 3754 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3755 } else { 3756 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3757 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3758 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3759 return true; 3760 } 3761 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3762 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3763 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3764 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3765 return true; 3766 } 3767 } 3768 3769 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3770 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3771 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3772 // attribute. 3773 if (const auto *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) 3774 if (!Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3775 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) 3776 << NRA; 3777 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3778 } 3779 3780 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3781 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3782 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3783 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3784 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3785 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3786 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3787 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3788 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3789 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3790 } 3791 3792 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3793 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3794 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3795 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3796 3797 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3798 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3799 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3800 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3801 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3802 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3803 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3804 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3805 } 3806 3807 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3808 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3809 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3810 // 3811 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3812 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3813 // linkage within class scope. 3814 // 3815 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3816 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3817 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3818 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3819 } else { 3820 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3821 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3822 return true; 3823 } 3824 } 3825 3826 // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the 3827 // exception specifier because it was already checked above in 3828 // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics 3829 // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility. 3830 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison, 3831 NewQType)) 3832 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3833 3834 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or 3835 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again 3836 // during instantiation. 3837 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) 3838 return false; 3839 3840 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3841 } 3842 3843 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3844 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3845 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3846 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3847 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3848 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3849 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3850 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3851 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3852 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3853 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3854 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3855 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3856 NewQType = 3857 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3858 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3859 New->setType(NewQType); 3860 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3861 3862 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3863 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3864 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3865 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3866 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3867 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3868 SC_None, nullptr); 3869 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3870 Param->setImplicit(); 3871 Params.push_back(Param); 3872 } 3873 3874 New->setParams(Params); 3875 } 3876 3877 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3878 } 3879 3880 // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address 3881 // spaces are ignored. 3882 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType)) 3883 return false; 3884 3885 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3886 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3887 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3888 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3889 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3890 // the prototype. 3891 // 3892 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3893 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3894 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3895 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3896 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3897 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3898 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3899 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3900 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3901 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3902 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3903 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3904 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3905 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3906 3907 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3908 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3909 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3910 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3911 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3912 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3913 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3914 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3915 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3916 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3917 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3918 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3919 NewParm->getType(), 3920 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3921 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3922 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3923 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3924 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3925 } else 3926 LooseCompatible = false; 3927 } 3928 3929 if (LooseCompatible) { 3930 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3931 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3932 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3933 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3934 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3935 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3936 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3937 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3938 } 3939 3940 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3941 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3942 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3943 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3944 } 3945 3946 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3947 } 3948 3949 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3950 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3951 3952 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3953 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3954 unsigned BuiltinID; 3955 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3956 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3957 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3958 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3960 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3961 << Old << Old->getType(); 3962 return false; 3963 } 3964 3965 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3966 } 3967 3968 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3969 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3970 return true; 3971 } 3972 3973 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3974 /// known to be compatible. 3975 /// 3976 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3977 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3978 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3979 /// redeclaration of Old. 3980 /// 3981 /// \returns false 3982 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3983 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3984 // Merge the attributes 3985 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3986 3987 // Merge "pure" flag. 3988 if (Old->isPure()) 3989 New->setPure(); 3990 3991 // Merge "used" flag. 3992 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3993 New->setIsUsed(); 3994 3995 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3996 // declarations. 3997 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3998 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3999 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 4000 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 4001 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 4002 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 4003 } 4004 4005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4006 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 4007 4008 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 4009 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 4010 // was visible. 4011 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 4012 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 4013 New->setType(Merged); 4014 4015 return false; 4016 } 4017 4018 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 4019 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 4020 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 4021 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 4022 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 4023 ? (oldMethod->isOptional() ? AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation 4024 : AMK_ProtocolImplementation) 4025 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 4026 : AMK_Override; 4027 4028 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 4029 4030 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 4031 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 4032 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 4033 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 4034 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 4035 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 4036 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 4037 4038 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 4039 } 4040 4041 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 4042 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 4043 4044 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 4045 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 4046 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 4047 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 4048 4049 diag::kind PrevDiag; 4050 SourceLocation OldLocation; 4051 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 4052 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 4053 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4054 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4055 } 4056 4057 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 4058 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 4059 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 4060 /// 4061 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 4062 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 4063 /// is attached. 4064 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 4065 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 4066 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 4067 return; 4068 4069 QualType MergedT; 4070 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4071 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 4072 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 4073 return; 4074 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 4075 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 4076 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 4077 } 4078 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 4079 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 4080 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 4081 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 4082 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 4083 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 4084 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 4085 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 4086 4087 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 4088 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 4089 // mismatch. 4090 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 4091 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 4092 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 4093 QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType(); 4094 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 4095 continue; 4096 4097 if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy)) 4098 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 4099 } 4100 } 4101 4102 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 4103 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 4104 NewArray->getElementType())) 4105 MergedT = New->getType(); 4106 } 4107 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 4108 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 4109 // visible. 4110 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4111 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 4112 NewArray->getElementType())) 4113 MergedT = Old->getType(); 4114 } 4115 } 4116 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 4117 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 4118 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 4119 Old->getType()); 4120 } 4121 } else { 4122 // C 6.2.7p2: 4123 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 4124 // compatible type. 4125 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 4126 } 4127 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 4128 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 4129 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 4130 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 4131 // equivalent. 4132 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 4133 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 4134 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4135 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 4136 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 4137 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 4138 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 4139 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 4140 return; 4141 } 4142 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 4143 } 4144 4145 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 4146 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 4147 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 4148 New->setType(MergedT); 4149 } 4150 4151 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 4152 LookupResult &Previous) { 4153 // C11 6.2.7p4: 4154 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 4155 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 4156 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 4157 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 4158 // declaration becomes the composite type. 4159 // 4160 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 4161 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 4162 return false; 4163 4164 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4165 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 4166 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 4167 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 4168 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 4169 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 4170 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4171 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 4172 } else { 4173 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 4174 // type unless we're in the same function. 4175 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4176 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 4177 } 4178 } 4179 4180 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 4181 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 4182 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 4183 /// 4184 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 4185 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 4186 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 4187 /// 4188 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 4189 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 4190 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4191 return; 4192 4193 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 4194 return; 4195 4196 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 4197 4198 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 4199 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 4200 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 4201 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4202 if (NewTemplate) { 4203 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4204 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 4205 4206 if (auto *Shadow = 4207 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4208 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 4209 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4210 } else { 4211 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4212 4213 if (auto *Shadow = 4214 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4215 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 4216 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4217 } 4218 } 4219 if (!Old) { 4220 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 4221 << New->getDeclName(); 4222 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 4223 New->getLocation()); 4224 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4225 } 4226 4227 // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new 4228 // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match. 4229 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4230 4231 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 4232 if (NewTemplate && 4233 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4234 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4235 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 4236 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4237 4238 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 4239 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 4240 // 4241 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 4242 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 4243 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 4244 << New->getIdentifier(); 4245 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4246 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4247 } 4248 4249 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 4250 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 4251 // declaration 4252 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 4253 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 4254 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 4255 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 4256 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4257 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 4258 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 4259 } 4260 4261 if (const auto *ILA = New->getAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) 4262 if (!Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 4263 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) 4264 << ILA; 4265 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4266 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 4267 } 4268 4269 // Merge the types. 4270 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 4271 if (MostRecent != Old) { 4272 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 4273 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 4274 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4275 return; 4276 } 4277 4278 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 4279 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4280 return; 4281 4282 diag::kind PrevDiag; 4283 SourceLocation OldLocation; 4284 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 4285 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 4286 4287 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 4288 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 4289 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4290 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 4291 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 4293 << New->getDeclName(); 4294 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4295 } else { 4296 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 4297 << New->getDeclName(); 4298 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4299 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4300 } 4301 } 4302 // C99 6.2.2p4: 4303 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 4304 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 4305 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 4306 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 4307 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 4308 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 4309 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 4310 // identifier has external linkage. 4311 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 4312 /* Okay */; 4313 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 4314 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4315 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4316 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 4317 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4318 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4319 } 4320 4321 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 4322 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 4323 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 4324 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4325 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4326 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4327 } 4328 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 4329 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 4330 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4331 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4332 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4333 } 4334 4335 if (CheckRedeclarationInModule(New, Old)) 4336 return; 4337 4338 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 4339 4340 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 4341 // need to check for mismatches. 4342 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 4343 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 4344 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4345 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 4346 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 4347 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4348 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4349 } 4350 4351 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 4352 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4353 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 4354 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 4355 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 4356 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 4357 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4358 } 4359 } 4360 4361 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 4362 // UndefinedButUsed. 4363 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 4364 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 4365 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 4366 SourceLocation())); 4367 4368 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 4369 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 4370 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4371 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4372 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 4373 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4374 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4375 } else { 4376 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 4377 // static and dynamic initialization. 4378 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 4379 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 4380 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 4381 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 4382 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4383 } 4384 } 4385 4386 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 4387 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4388 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 4389 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 4390 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 4391 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 4392 Diag(New->getLocation(), 4393 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 4394 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4395 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 4396 return; 4397 } 4398 } 4399 4400 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 4401 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 4402 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4403 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4404 return; 4405 } 4406 4407 // Merge "used" flag. 4408 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 4409 New->setIsUsed(); 4410 4411 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4412 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4413 if (NewTemplate) 4414 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4415 4416 // Inherit access appropriately. 4417 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4418 if (NewTemplate) 4419 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4420 4421 if (Old->isInline()) 4422 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4423 } 4424 4425 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4426 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4427 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4428 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4429 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4430 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4431 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4432 StringRef HdrFilename = 4433 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4434 4435 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4436 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4437 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4438 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4439 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4440 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4441 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4442 if (Mod) { 4443 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4444 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4445 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4446 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4447 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4448 } else { 4449 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4450 << HdrFilename.str(); 4451 } 4452 return true; 4453 } 4454 4455 return false; 4456 }; 4457 4458 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4459 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4460 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4461 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4462 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4463 bool EmittedDiag = 4464 noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4465 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4466 4467 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4468 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4469 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4470 4471 if (EmittedDiag) 4472 return; 4473 } 4474 4475 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4476 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4477 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4478 } 4479 4480 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4481 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4482 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4483 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4484 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4485 New->isInline() || 4486 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4487 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4488 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4489 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4490 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4491 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4492 4493 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4494 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4495 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4496 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4497 return false; 4498 } else { 4499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4500 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4501 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4502 return true; 4503 } 4504 } 4505 4506 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4507 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4508 Decl * 4509 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4510 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4511 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4512 AnonRecord); 4513 } 4514 4515 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4516 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4517 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4518 // compatibility. 4519 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4520 // targeted. 4521 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4522 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4523 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4524 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4525 } 4526 4527 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4528 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4529 return; 4530 4531 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4532 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4533 // it is anonymous. 4534 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4535 return; 4536 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4537 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4538 Context.setManglingNumber( 4539 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4540 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4541 return; 4542 } 4543 4544 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4545 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 4546 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4547 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 4548 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext()); 4549 if (MCtx) { 4550 Context.setManglingNumber( 4551 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4552 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4553 } 4554 } 4555 4556 namespace { 4557 struct NonCLikeKind { 4558 enum { 4559 None, 4560 BaseClass, 4561 DefaultMemberInit, 4562 Lambda, 4563 Friend, 4564 OtherMember, 4565 Invalid, 4566 } Kind = None; 4567 SourceRange Range; 4568 4569 explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; } 4570 }; 4571 } 4572 4573 /// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++ 4574 /// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage. 4575 static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 4576 if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) 4577 return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}}; 4578 4579 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1] 4580 // An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not 4581 // 4582 // -- have any base classes 4583 if (RD->getNumBases()) 4584 return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass, 4585 SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(), 4586 RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())}; 4587 bool Invalid = false; 4588 for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) { 4589 // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed. 4590 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) { 4591 Invalid = true; 4592 continue; 4593 } 4594 4595 // -- have any [...] default member initializers 4596 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { 4597 if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) { 4598 auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer(); 4599 return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit, 4600 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()}; 4601 } 4602 continue; 4603 } 4604 4605 // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of 4606 // P1766, but not the intent. 4607 if (isa<FriendDecl>(D)) 4608 return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()}; 4609 4610 // -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member 4611 // enumerations, or member classes, 4612 if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) || 4613 isa<EnumDecl>(D)) 4614 continue; 4615 auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 4616 if (!MemberRD) { 4617 if (D->isImplicit()) 4618 continue; 4619 return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()}; 4620 } 4621 4622 // -- contain a lambda-expression, 4623 if (MemberRD->isLambda()) 4624 return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()}; 4625 4626 // and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements 4627 // (recursively). 4628 if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4629 if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD)) 4630 return Kind; 4631 } 4632 } 4633 4634 return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}}; 4635 } 4636 4637 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4638 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4639 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4640 return; 4641 4642 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4643 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4644 return; 4645 4646 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4647 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4648 4649 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4650 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4651 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4652 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4653 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4654 return; 4655 } 4656 4657 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR] 4658 // An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be 4659 // C-like]. 4660 // 4661 // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally 4662 // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't 4663 // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early. 4664 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec); 4665 NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD) 4666 : NonCLikeKind(); 4667 bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed(); 4668 if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) { 4669 if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid) 4670 return; 4671 4672 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef; 4673 if (ChangesLinkage) { 4674 // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension. 4675 if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None) 4676 DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage; 4677 else 4678 DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef; 4679 } 4680 4681 SourceLocation FixitLoc = 4682 getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart()); 4683 llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert; 4684 TextToInsert += ' '; 4685 TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4686 4687 Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID) 4688 << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD) 4689 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert); 4690 if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) { 4691 Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct) 4692 << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range; 4693 } 4694 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here) 4695 << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD); 4696 4697 if (ChangesLinkage) 4698 return; 4699 } 4700 4701 // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4702 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4703 } 4704 4705 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4706 switch (T) { 4707 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4708 return 0; 4709 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4710 return 1; 4711 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4712 return 2; 4713 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4714 return 3; 4715 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4716 return 4; 4717 default: 4718 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4719 } 4720 } 4721 4722 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4723 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4724 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4725 Decl * 4726 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4727 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4728 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4729 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4730 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4731 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4732 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4733 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4734 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4735 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4736 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4737 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4738 4739 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4740 return nullptr; 4741 4742 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4743 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4744 // it's a Type. 4745 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4746 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4747 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4748 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4749 } 4750 4751 if (Tag) { 4752 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4753 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4754 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4755 return Tag; 4756 } 4757 4758 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4759 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4760 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4761 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4762 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4763 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4764 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4765 } 4766 4767 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4768 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4769 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4770 4771 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) { 4772 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4773 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4774 // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to 4775 // the declaration of a function or function template 4776 if (Tag) 4777 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4778 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) 4779 << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier()); 4780 else 4781 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 4782 << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier()); 4783 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4784 return TagD; 4785 } 4786 4787 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4788 4789 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4790 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4791 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4792 if (TagD && !Tag) 4793 return nullptr; 4794 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4795 } 4796 4797 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4798 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4799 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4800 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4801 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4802 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4803 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4804 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4805 // or an explicit specialization. 4806 // 4807 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4808 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4809 // 4810 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4811 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4812 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4813 return nullptr; 4814 } 4815 4816 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4817 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4818 4819 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4820 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4821 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4822 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4823 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4824 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4825 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4826 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4827 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4828 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4829 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4830 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4831 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4832 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4833 AnonRecord = Record; 4834 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4835 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4836 } 4837 4838 DeclaresAnything = false; 4839 } 4840 } 4841 4842 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4843 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4844 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4845 // 4846 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4847 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4848 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4849 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4850 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4851 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4852 // struct STRUCT; 4853 // union UNION; 4854 // and 4855 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4856 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4857 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4858 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4859 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4860 if (Tag) 4861 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4862 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4863 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4864 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4865 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4866 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4867 4868 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4869 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4870 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4871 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4872 } 4873 4874 DeclaresAnything = false; 4875 } 4876 } 4877 4878 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4879 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4880 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4881 return TagD; 4882 4883 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4884 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4885 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4886 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4887 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4888 DeclaresAnything = false; 4889 4890 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4891 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4892 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4893 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4894 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4895 else 4896 DeclaresAnything = false; 4897 } 4898 4899 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4900 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4901 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4902 << Tag->getTagKind() 4903 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4904 4905 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4906 4907 // C 6.7/2: 4908 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4909 // or the members of an enumeration. 4910 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4911 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4912 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4913 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4914 // previous declaration. 4915 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4916 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4917 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4918 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty()) 4919 ? diag::err_no_declarators 4920 : diag::ext_no_declarators) 4921 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4922 return TagD; 4923 } 4924 4925 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4926 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4927 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4928 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4929 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4930 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4931 // 4932 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4933 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4934 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4935 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4936 4937 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4938 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4939 // useless. 4940 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4941 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4942 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4943 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4944 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4945 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4946 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4947 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4948 } 4949 4950 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4951 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4952 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4953 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4954 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4955 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4956 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4957 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4958 // Restrict is covered above. 4959 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4960 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4961 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4962 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4963 } 4964 4965 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4966 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4967 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4968 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4969 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4970 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4971 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4972 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4973 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4974 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4975 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) 4976 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4977 << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4978 } 4979 } 4980 4981 return TagD; 4982 } 4983 4984 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4985 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4986 /// 4987 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4988 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4989 Scope *S, 4990 DeclContext *Owner, 4991 DeclarationName Name, 4992 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4993 bool IsUnion) { 4994 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4995 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4996 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4997 4998 // Pick a representative declaration. 4999 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5000 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 5001 5002 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 5003 return false; 5004 5005 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 5006 << IsUnion << Name; 5007 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5008 5009 return true; 5010 } 5011 5012 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 5013 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 5014 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 5015 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 5016 /// struct, e.g., 5017 /// 5018 /// @code 5019 /// union { 5020 /// int i; 5021 /// float f; 5022 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 5023 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 5024 /// @endcode 5025 /// 5026 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 5027 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 5028 static bool 5029 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 5030 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 5031 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 5032 bool Invalid = false; 5033 5034 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 5035 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 5036 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 5037 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 5038 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 5039 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 5040 VD->getLocation(), 5041 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 5042 // C++ [class.union]p2: 5043 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 5044 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 5045 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 5046 Invalid = true; 5047 } else { 5048 // C++ [class.union]p2: 5049 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 5050 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 5051 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 5052 // anonymous union is declared. 5053 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 5054 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 5055 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 5056 else 5057 Chaining.push_back(VD); 5058 5059 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 5060 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 5061 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 5062 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 5063 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 5064 5065 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 5066 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 5067 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 5068 5069 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 5070 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 5071 5072 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 5073 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 5074 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 5075 5076 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 5077 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 5078 5079 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 5080 } 5081 } 5082 } 5083 5084 return Invalid; 5085 } 5086 5087 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 5088 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 5089 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 5090 static StorageClass 5091 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5092 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 5093 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5094 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 5095 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 5096 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 5097 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 5098 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 5099 return SC_None; 5100 return SC_Extern; 5101 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 5102 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 5103 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 5104 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5105 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 5106 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 5107 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 5108 } 5109 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 5110 } 5111 5112 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 5113 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 5114 5115 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 5116 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 5117 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 5118 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 5119 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 5120 return FD->getLocation(); 5121 } 5122 5123 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 5124 } 5125 5126 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 5127 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 5128 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 5129 return; 5130 5131 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 5132 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 5133 } 5134 5135 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 5136 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 5137 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 5138 return; 5139 5140 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 5141 } 5142 5143 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 5144 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 5145 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 5146 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 5147 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 5148 AccessSpecifier AS, 5149 RecordDecl *Record, 5150 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 5151 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 5152 5153 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 5154 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 5155 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 5156 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5157 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 5158 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 5159 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 5160 5161 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 5162 // structs/unions. 5163 bool Invalid = false; 5164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5165 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 5166 if (Record->isUnion()) { 5167 // C++ [class.union]p6: 5168 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 5169 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 5170 // global namespace shall be declared static. 5171 unsigned DiagID; 5172 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 5173 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 5174 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 5175 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 5176 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 5177 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 5178 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 5179 5180 // Recover by adding 'static'. 5181 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 5182 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 5183 } 5184 // C++ [class.union]p6: 5185 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 5186 // anonymous union in a class scope. 5187 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5188 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 5189 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5190 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 5191 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5192 5193 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 5194 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 5195 SourceLocation(), 5196 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 5197 } 5198 } 5199 5200 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 5201 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 5202 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 5203 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5204 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 5205 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 5206 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 5207 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 5208 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5209 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 5210 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 5211 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 5212 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 5213 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5214 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 5215 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 5216 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 5217 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 5218 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5219 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 5220 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 5221 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 5222 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 5223 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5224 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 5225 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 5226 5227 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 5228 } 5229 5230 // C++ [class.union]p2: 5231 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 5232 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 5233 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 5234 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 5235 // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them. 5236 if (Mem->isInvalidDecl()) 5237 continue; 5238 5239 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 5240 // C++ [class.union]p3: 5241 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 5242 // members (clause 11). 5243 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 5244 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 5245 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 5246 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 5247 Invalid = true; 5248 } 5249 5250 // C++ [class.union]p1 5251 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 5252 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 5253 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 5254 // array of such objects. 5255 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 5256 Invalid = true; 5257 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 5258 // Any implicit members are fine. 5259 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 5260 // This is a type that showed up in an 5261 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 5262 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 5263 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 5264 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 5265 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 5266 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 5267 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 5268 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 5269 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 5270 << Record->isUnion(); 5271 else { 5272 // This is a nested type declaration. 5273 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 5274 << Record->isUnion(); 5275 Invalid = true; 5276 } 5277 } else { 5278 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 5279 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 5280 // not part of standard C++. 5281 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 5282 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 5283 << Record->isUnion(); 5284 } 5285 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 5286 // Any access specifier is fine. 5287 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 5288 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 5289 } else { 5290 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 5291 // member. Complain about it. 5292 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 5293 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 5294 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 5295 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 5296 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 5297 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 5298 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 5299 5300 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 5301 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 5302 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 5303 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 5304 << Record->isUnion(); 5305 else { 5306 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 5307 Invalid = true; 5308 } 5309 } 5310 } 5311 5312 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 5313 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 5314 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 5315 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 5316 Owner->isRecord()) 5317 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 5318 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 5319 } 5320 5321 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 5322 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 5323 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 5324 Invalid = true; 5325 } 5326 5327 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 5328 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 5329 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 5330 // names into the program 5331 // C++ [class.mem]p2: 5332 // each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member 5333 // name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field 5334 // 5335 // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere. 5336 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty()) 5337 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 5338 5339 // Mock up a declarator. 5340 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::Member); 5341 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5342 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 5343 5344 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 5345 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 5346 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 5347 Anon = FieldDecl::Create( 5348 Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(), 5349 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, 5350 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5351 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5352 Anon->setAccess(AS); 5353 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc); 5354 5355 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5356 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 5357 } else { 5358 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 5359 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 5360 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5361 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5362 // an error here 5363 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5364 Invalid = true; 5365 SC = SC_None; 5366 } 5367 5368 assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected"); 5369 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(), 5370 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 5371 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC); 5372 5373 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 5374 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 5375 // initializer: 5376 // union { int n = 0; }; 5377 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 5378 } 5379 Anon->setImplicit(); 5380 5381 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 5382 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 5383 5384 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 5385 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 5386 // its members. 5387 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 5388 5389 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 5390 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5391 // purposes. 5392 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5393 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5394 5395 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 5396 Invalid = true; 5397 5398 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 5399 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5400 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 5401 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5402 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 5403 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 5404 if (MCtx) { 5405 Context.setManglingNumber( 5406 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 5407 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 5408 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5409 } 5410 } 5411 } 5412 5413 if (Invalid) 5414 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5415 5416 return Anon; 5417 } 5418 5419 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 5420 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 5421 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 5422 /// Example: 5423 /// 5424 /// struct A { int a; }; 5425 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 5426 /// 5427 /// void foo() { 5428 /// B var; 5429 /// var.a = 3; 5430 /// } 5431 /// 5432 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 5433 RecordDecl *Record) { 5434 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 5435 5436 // Mock up a declarator. 5437 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeName); 5438 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5439 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 5440 5441 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 5442 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5443 5444 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 5445 NamedDecl *Anon = 5446 FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(), 5447 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo, 5448 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5449 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5450 Anon->setImplicit(); 5451 5452 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 5453 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 5454 5455 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 5456 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5457 // purposes. 5458 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5459 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5460 5461 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 5462 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 5463 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) || 5464 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 5465 AS_none, Chain)) { 5466 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5467 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5468 } 5469 5470 return Anon; 5471 } 5472 5473 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 5474 /// given Declarator. 5475 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 5476 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 5477 } 5478 5479 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 5480 DeclarationNameInfo 5481 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 5482 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 5483 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5484 5485 switch (Name.getKind()) { 5486 5487 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 5488 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 5489 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 5490 return NameInfo; 5491 5492 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 5493 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 5494 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 5495 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 5496 // of the simple-template-id. 5497 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 5498 // class template. 5499 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 5500 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 5501 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 5502 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 5503 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 5504 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 5505 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 5506 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 5507 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 5508 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 5509 if (Template) 5510 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 5511 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5512 } 5513 5514 NameInfo.setName( 5515 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 5516 return NameInfo; 5517 } 5518 5519 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 5520 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 5521 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 5522 NameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange( 5523 Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0], Name.EndLocation)); 5524 return NameInfo; 5525 5526 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 5527 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 5528 Name.Identifier)); 5529 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 5530 return NameInfo; 5531 5532 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 5533 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5534 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 5535 if (Ty.isNull()) 5536 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5537 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 5538 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5539 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5540 return NameInfo; 5541 } 5542 5543 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5544 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5545 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5546 if (Ty.isNull()) 5547 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5548 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5549 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5550 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5551 return NameInfo; 5552 } 5553 5554 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5555 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5556 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5557 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5558 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5559 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5560 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5561 5562 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5563 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5564 5565 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5566 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5567 // was qualified. 5568 5569 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5570 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5571 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5572 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5573 return NameInfo; 5574 } 5575 5576 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5577 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5578 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5579 if (Ty.isNull()) 5580 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5581 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5582 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5583 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5584 return NameInfo; 5585 } 5586 5587 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5588 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5589 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5590 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5591 } 5592 5593 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5594 5595 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5596 } 5597 5598 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5599 do { 5600 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5601 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5602 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5603 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5604 else 5605 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5606 } while (true); 5607 } 5608 5609 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5610 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5611 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5612 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5613 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5614 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5615 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5616 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5617 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5618 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5619 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5620 Params.clear(); 5621 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5622 return false; 5623 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5624 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5625 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5626 5627 // The parameter types are identical 5628 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5629 continue; 5630 5631 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5632 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5633 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5634 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5635 5636 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5637 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5638 Params.push_back(Idx); 5639 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5640 return false; 5641 } 5642 5643 return true; 5644 } 5645 5646 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5647 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5648 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5649 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5650 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5651 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5652 DeclarationName Name) { 5653 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5654 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5655 // - types which will become injected class names 5656 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5657 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5658 // few cases here. 5659 5660 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5661 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5662 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5663 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5664 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5665 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5666 // Grab the type from the parser. 5667 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5668 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5669 if (T.isNull() || !T->isInstantiationDependentType()) break; 5670 5671 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5672 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5673 // attached already. 5674 if (!TSI) 5675 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5676 5677 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5678 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5679 if (!TSI) return true; 5680 5681 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5682 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5683 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5684 break; 5685 } 5686 5687 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5688 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5689 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5690 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5691 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5692 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5693 break; 5694 } 5695 5696 default: 5697 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5698 break; 5699 } 5700 5701 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5702 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5703 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5704 5705 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5706 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5707 // pointer. 5708 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5709 continue; 5710 5711 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5712 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5713 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5714 return true; 5715 } 5716 5717 return false; 5718 } 5719 5720 /// Returns true if the declaration is declared in a system header or from a 5721 /// system macro. 5722 static bool isFromSystemHeader(SourceManager &SM, const Decl *D) { 5723 return SM.isInSystemHeader(D->getLocation()) || 5724 SM.isInSystemMacro(D->getLocation()); 5725 } 5726 5727 void Sema::warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D) { 5728 // Avoid warning twice on the same identifier, and don't warn on redeclaration 5729 // of system decl. 5730 if (D->getPreviousDecl() || D->isImplicit()) 5731 return; 5732 ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = D->isReserved(getLangOpts()); 5733 if (Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::NotReserved && 5734 !isFromSystemHeader(Context.getSourceManager(), D)) { 5735 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_reserved_extern_symbol) 5736 << D << static_cast<int>(Status); 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5741 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration); 5742 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5743 5744 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5745 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5746 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5747 5748 return Dcl; 5749 } 5750 5751 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5752 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5753 /// name different from T: 5754 /// - every static data member of class T; 5755 /// - every member function of class T 5756 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5757 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5758 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5759 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5760 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5761 5762 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5763 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5764 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5765 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5766 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5767 return true; 5768 } 5769 5770 return false; 5771 } 5772 5773 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5774 /// nested-name-specifier. 5775 /// 5776 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5777 /// 5778 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5779 /// resolves. 5780 /// 5781 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5782 /// 5783 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5784 /// 5785 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5786 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5787 /// 5788 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5789 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5790 DeclarationName Name, 5791 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5792 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5793 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5794 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5795 5796 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5797 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5798 // 5799 // class X { 5800 // void X::f(); 5801 // }; 5802 // 5803 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5804 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5805 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5806 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5807 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5808 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5809 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5810 SS.clear(); 5811 } else { 5812 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5813 } 5814 return false; 5815 } 5816 5817 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5818 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5819 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5820 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5821 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5822 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5823 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5824 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5825 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5826 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5827 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5828 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5829 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5830 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5831 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5832 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5833 else if (isa<ExportDecl>(Cur)) { 5834 if (!isa<NamespaceDecl>(DC)) 5835 Diag(Loc, diag::err_export_non_namespace_scope_name) 5836 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5837 else 5838 // The cases that DC is not NamespaceDecl should be handled in 5839 // CheckRedeclarationExported. 5840 return false; 5841 } else 5842 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5843 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5844 5845 return true; 5846 } 5847 5848 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5849 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5850 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5851 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5852 SS.clear(); 5853 5854 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5855 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5856 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5857 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5858 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5859 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5860 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5861 return true; 5862 5863 return false; 5864 } 5865 5866 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5867 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5868 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5869 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5870 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5871 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5872 if (isa_and_nonnull<DecltypeType>( 5873 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5874 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5875 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5876 5877 return false; 5878 } 5879 5880 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5881 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5882 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5883 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5884 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5885 5886 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5887 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5888 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5889 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5890 } else if (!Name) { 5891 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5892 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5893 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5894 return nullptr; 5895 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5896 return nullptr; 5897 5898 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5899 // we find one that is. 5900 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5901 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5902 S = S->getParent(); 5903 5904 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5905 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5906 D.setInvalidType(); 5907 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5908 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5909 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5910 return nullptr; 5911 5912 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5913 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5914 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5915 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5916 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5917 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5918 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5919 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5920 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5921 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5922 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5923 return nullptr; 5924 } 5925 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5926 5927 if (!IsDependentContext && 5928 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5929 return nullptr; 5930 5931 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5932 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5933 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5934 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5935 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5936 return nullptr; 5937 } 5938 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5939 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5940 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5941 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5942 if (DC->isRecord()) 5943 return nullptr; 5944 5945 D.setInvalidType(); 5946 } 5947 } 5948 5949 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5950 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5951 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5952 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5953 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5954 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5955 D.setInvalidType(); 5956 } 5957 } 5958 5959 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5960 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5961 5962 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5963 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5964 D.setInvalidType(); 5965 5966 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5967 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5968 5969 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5970 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5971 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5972 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5973 5974 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5975 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5976 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5977 // 5978 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5979 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5980 // the same name. 5981 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5982 /* Do nothing*/; 5983 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5984 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5985 R->isFunctionType())) { 5986 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5987 CreateBuiltins = 5988 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5989 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5990 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5991 CreateBuiltins = true; 5992 5993 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5994 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5995 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5996 } 5997 5998 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5999 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 6000 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6001 6002 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 6003 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 6004 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 6005 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 6006 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 6007 // thereof; [...] 6008 // 6009 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 6010 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 6011 // we want to match. For example, given: 6012 // 6013 // class X { 6014 // void f(); 6015 // void f(float); 6016 // }; 6017 // 6018 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 6019 // 6020 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 6021 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 6022 // matches. 6023 6024 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 6025 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 6026 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 6027 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 6028 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 6029 } 6030 6031 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6032 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6033 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6034 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 6035 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6036 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6037 6038 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6039 Previous.clear(); 6040 } 6041 6042 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 6043 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 6044 Previous.clear(); 6045 6046 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 6047 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 6048 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 6049 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 6050 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 6051 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 6052 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 6053 Previous.clear(); 6054 6055 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 6056 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 6057 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6058 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6059 6060 NamedDecl *New; 6061 6062 bool AddToScope = true; 6063 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 6064 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 6065 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 6066 return nullptr; 6067 } 6068 6069 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 6070 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 6071 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 6072 TemplateParamLists, 6073 AddToScope); 6074 } else { 6075 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 6076 AddToScope); 6077 } 6078 6079 if (!New) 6080 return nullptr; 6081 6082 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 6083 // add it to the scope stack. 6084 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) 6085 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 6086 6087 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 6088 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 6089 6090 return New; 6091 } 6092 6093 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 6094 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 6095 /// GCC compatibility). 6096 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 6097 ASTContext &Context, 6098 bool &SizeIsNegative, 6099 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 6100 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 6101 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 6102 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 6103 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 6104 SizeIsNegative = false; 6105 Oversized = 0; 6106 6107 if (T->isDependentType()) 6108 return QualType(); 6109 6110 QualifierCollector Qs; 6111 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 6112 6113 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 6114 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 6115 QualType FixedType = 6116 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 6117 Oversized); 6118 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 6119 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 6120 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 6121 } 6122 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 6123 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 6124 QualType FixedType = 6125 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 6126 Oversized); 6127 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 6128 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 6129 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 6130 } 6131 6132 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 6133 if (!VLATy) 6134 return QualType(); 6135 6136 QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType(); 6137 if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6138 ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context, 6139 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6140 if (ElemTy.isNull()) 6141 return QualType(); 6142 } 6143 6144 Expr::EvalResult Result; 6145 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 6146 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) 6147 return QualType(); 6148 6149 llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt(); 6150 6151 // Check whether the array size is negative. 6152 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 6153 SizeIsNegative = true; 6154 return QualType(); 6155 } 6156 6157 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 6158 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 6159 (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() && 6160 !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType()) 6161 ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res) 6162 : Res.getActiveBits(); 6163 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 6164 Oversized = Res; 6165 return QualType(); 6166 } 6167 6168 QualType FoldedArrayType = Context.getConstantArrayType( 6169 ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(), ArrayType::Normal, 0); 6170 return Qs.apply(Context, FoldedArrayType); 6171 } 6172 6173 static void 6174 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 6175 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 6176 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 6177 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 6178 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 6179 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 6180 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 6181 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 6182 return; 6183 } 6184 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 6185 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 6186 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 6187 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 6188 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 6189 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 6190 return; 6191 } 6192 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 6193 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 6194 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 6195 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 6196 if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL = 6197 SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) { 6198 ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>(); 6199 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL); 6200 } else { 6201 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 6202 } 6203 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 6204 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 6205 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 6206 } 6207 6208 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 6209 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 6210 /// GCC compatibility). 6211 static TypeSourceInfo* 6212 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6213 ASTContext &Context, 6214 bool &SizeIsNegative, 6215 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 6216 QualType FixedTy 6217 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 6218 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6219 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 6220 return nullptr; 6221 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 6222 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 6223 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 6224 return FixedTInfo; 6225 } 6226 6227 /// Attempt to fold a variable-sized type to a constant-sized type, returning 6228 /// true if we were successful. 6229 bool Sema::tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo, 6230 QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc, 6231 unsigned FailedFoldDiagID) { 6232 bool SizeIsNegative; 6233 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6234 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 6235 TInfo, Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6236 if (FixedTInfo) { 6237 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); 6238 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 6239 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 6240 return true; 6241 } 6242 6243 if (SizeIsNegative) 6244 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6245 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6246 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) << toString(Oversized, 10); 6247 else if (FailedFoldDiagID) 6248 Diag(Loc, FailedFoldDiagID); 6249 return false; 6250 } 6251 6252 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 6253 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 6254 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 6255 /// function-scope declarations. 6256 void 6257 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 6258 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6259 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6260 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 6261 return; 6262 6263 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 6264 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 6265 } 6266 6267 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 6268 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 6269 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 6270 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 6271 } 6272 6273 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 6274 /// does not identify a function. 6275 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 6276 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 6277 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 6278 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 6279 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6280 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6281 6282 if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier()) 6283 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6284 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 6285 6286 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 6287 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6288 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 6289 } 6290 6291 NamedDecl* 6292 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 6293 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 6294 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6295 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6296 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 6297 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6298 D.setInvalidType(); 6299 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 6300 DC = CurContext; 6301 Previous.clear(); 6302 } 6303 6304 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6305 6306 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 6307 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6308 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 6309 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 6310 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6311 << 1 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()); 6312 6313 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 6314 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 6315 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 6316 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 6317 << "typedef"; 6318 else 6319 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 6320 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 6321 return nullptr; 6322 } 6323 6324 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 6325 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 6326 6327 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6328 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 6329 6330 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 6331 6332 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 6333 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 6334 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 6335 return ND; 6336 } 6337 6338 void 6339 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 6340 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 6341 // then it shall have block scope. 6342 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 6343 // that redeclarations will match. 6344 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6345 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6346 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6347 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6348 6349 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6350 bool SizeIsNegative; 6351 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6352 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6353 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6354 SizeIsNegative, 6355 Oversized); 6356 if (FixedTInfo) { 6357 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); 6358 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6359 } else { 6360 if (SizeIsNegative) 6361 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6362 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 6363 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 6364 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6365 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 6366 << toString(Oversized, 10); 6367 else 6368 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6369 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6370 } 6371 } 6372 } 6373 } 6374 6375 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 6376 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 6377 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 6378 NamedDecl* 6379 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 6380 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 6381 6382 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6383 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 6384 6385 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 6386 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 6387 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 6388 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 6389 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 6390 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6391 Redeclaration = true; 6392 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 6393 } else { 6394 inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD); 6395 } 6396 6397 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 6398 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6399 6400 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6401 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 6402 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 6403 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6404 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 6405 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 6406 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 6407 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6408 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 6409 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6410 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 6411 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 6412 } 6413 6414 return NewTD; 6415 } 6416 6417 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 6418 /// previous declaration. 6419 /// 6420 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 6421 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 6422 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 6423 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 6424 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 6425 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 6426 /// 6427 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 6428 /// lookup 6429 /// 6430 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 6431 /// declared. 6432 /// 6433 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 6434 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 6435 static bool 6436 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 6437 ASTContext &Context) { 6438 if (!PrevDecl) 6439 return false; 6440 6441 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 6442 return false; 6443 6444 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6445 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 6446 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 6447 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 6448 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 6449 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 6450 // linkage of the previous declaration. 6451 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 6452 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6453 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 6454 return false; 6455 6456 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 6457 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 6458 // We found a member function: ignore it. 6459 return false; 6460 6461 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 6462 // previous declarations. 6463 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6464 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6465 6466 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 6467 // isn't the same function. 6468 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 6469 return false; 6470 } 6471 6472 return true; 6473 } 6474 6475 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 6476 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 6477 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 6478 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context)); 6479 } 6480 6481 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 6482 QualType type = decl->getType(); 6483 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 6484 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 6485 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 6486 unsigned kind = -1U; 6487 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6488 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6489 kind = 0; // __block 6490 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 6491 kind = 1; // global 6492 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 6493 kind = 3; // ivar 6494 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 6495 kind = 2; // field 6496 } 6497 6498 if (kind != -1U) { 6499 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 6500 << kind; 6501 } 6502 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6503 // Try to infer lifetime. 6504 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 6505 return false; 6506 6507 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6508 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 6509 decl->setType(type); 6510 } 6511 6512 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6513 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 6514 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 6515 var->getTLSKind()) { 6516 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 6517 << var->getType(); 6518 return true; 6519 } 6520 } 6521 6522 return false; 6523 } 6524 6525 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) { 6526 if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace()) 6527 return; 6528 if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType()) 6529 return; 6530 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 6531 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6532 if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType()) 6533 return; 6534 LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private; 6535 // OpenCL C v3.0 s6.7.8 - For OpenCL C 2.0 or with the 6536 // __opencl_c_program_scope_global_variables feature, the address space 6537 // for a variable at program scope or a static or extern variable inside 6538 // a function are inferred to be __global. 6539 if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts()) && 6540 Var->hasGlobalStorage()) 6541 ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global; 6542 // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array 6543 // type has no address space yet, deduce it now. 6544 if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) { 6545 auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType(); 6546 if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) { 6547 // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate 6548 // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`. 6549 OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS); 6550 OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0); 6551 // Re-generate the decayed type. 6552 Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy); 6553 } 6554 } 6555 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS); 6556 // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to 6557 // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of 6558 // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so 6559 // qualified, not the array type." 6560 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6561 Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0); 6562 Decl->setType(Type); 6563 } 6564 } 6565 6566 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 6567 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 6568 // the wrong linkage. 6569 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 6570 6571 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 6572 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 6573 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6574 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 6575 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 6576 } 6577 } 6578 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 6579 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6580 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 6581 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 6582 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6583 } 6584 } 6585 6586 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 6587 if (VD->hasInit()) { 6588 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 6589 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 6590 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 6591 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 6592 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6593 } 6594 } 6595 } 6596 6597 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 6598 // It does not apply to functions. 6599 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 6600 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6601 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 6602 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 6603 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 6604 } 6605 } 6606 6607 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 6608 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 6609 bool IsAnonymousNS = false; 6610 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6611 if (VD) { 6612 const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext()); 6613 while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) { 6614 IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace(); 6615 NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent()); 6616 } 6617 } 6618 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 6619 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 6620 // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have 6621 // external linkage in order to be exported. 6622 bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft; 6623 if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) || 6624 (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode && 6625 (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) { 6626 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 6627 << &ND << Attr; 6628 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 6629 } 6630 } 6631 6632 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. 6633 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { 6634 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; 6635 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the 6636 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. 6637 AttributedTypeLoc ATL; 6638 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 6639 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); 6640 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { 6641 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object 6642 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) 6643 // by applying it to the function type. 6644 if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) { 6645 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6646 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { 6647 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) 6648 << !MD << A->getRange(); 6649 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 6650 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) 6651 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange(); 6652 } 6653 } 6654 } 6655 } 6656 } 6657 6658 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6659 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6660 bool IsSpecialization, 6661 bool IsDefinition) { 6662 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6663 return; 6664 6665 bool IsTemplate = false; 6666 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6667 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6668 IsTemplate = true; 6669 if (!IsSpecialization) 6670 IsDefinition = false; 6671 } 6672 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6673 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6674 IsTemplate = true; 6675 } 6676 6677 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6678 return; 6679 6680 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6681 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6682 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6683 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6684 6685 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6686 // inherited attribute instances. 6687 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6688 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6689 6690 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6691 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6692 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6693 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6694 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6695 6696 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6697 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6698 bool JustWarn = false; 6699 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6700 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6701 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6702 JustWarn = true; 6703 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6704 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6705 JustWarn = true; 6706 } 6707 6708 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6709 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6710 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6711 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6712 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6713 JustWarn = false; 6714 6715 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6716 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6717 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6718 << NewDecl 6719 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6720 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6721 if (!JustWarn) { 6722 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6723 return; 6724 } 6725 } 6726 6727 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6728 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6729 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6730 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6731 // it were marked dllexport. 6732 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6733 bool IsMicrosoftABI = S.Context.getTargetInfo().shouldDLLImportComdatSymbols(); 6734 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6735 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6736 // separately. 6737 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6738 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6739 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6740 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6741 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6742 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6743 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6744 } 6745 6746 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6747 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoftABI && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6748 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6749 if (IsMicrosoftABI && IsDefinition) { 6750 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6751 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6752 << NewDecl; 6753 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6754 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6755 NewDecl->addAttr( 6756 DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange())); 6757 } else { 6758 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6759 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6760 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6761 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6762 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6763 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6764 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6765 } 6766 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoftABI) { 6767 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6768 // attribute. 6769 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6770 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6771 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6772 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6773 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6774 } 6775 6776 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6777 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6778 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6779 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6780 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6781 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6782 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6783 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6784 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6785 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6786 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6787 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6788 } 6789 } 6790 } 6791 } 6792 6793 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6794 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6795 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6796 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6797 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6798 6799 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6800 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6801 6802 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6803 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6804 return false; 6805 6806 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6807 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6808 } 6809 6810 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6811 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6812 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6813 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6814 /// 6815 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6816 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6817 /// 6818 /// For instance: 6819 /// 6820 /// auto x = []{}; 6821 /// 6822 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6823 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6824 /// 6825 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6826 template<typename T> 6827 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6828 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6829 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6830 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6831 return false; 6832 6833 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6834 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6835 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6836 return false; 6837 } 6838 return D->isExternC(); 6839 } 6840 6841 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6842 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6843 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || 6844 isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6845 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6846 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6847 return true; 6848 if (DC->isRecord()) 6849 return false; 6850 if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC)) 6851 return false; 6852 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6853 } 6854 6855 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6856 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6857 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6858 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6859 return true; 6860 if (DC->isRecord()) 6861 return false; 6862 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6863 } 6864 6865 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6866 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { 6867 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6868 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6869 return true; 6870 6871 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6872 // position to the decl itself. 6873 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6874 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6875 return true; 6876 } 6877 6878 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6879 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); 6880 } 6881 6882 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6883 /// function-local external declaration. 6884 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6885 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6886 return false; 6887 6888 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6889 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6890 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6891 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6892 return true; 6893 6894 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6895 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6896 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6897 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6898 // 6899 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6900 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6901 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6902 DC = DC->getParent(); 6903 return true; 6904 } 6905 6906 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6907 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6908 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6909 return FD->isExternC(); 6910 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6911 return VD->isExternC(); 6912 6913 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6914 } 6915 6916 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed. 6917 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Sema &Se, VarDecl *NewVD) { 6918 DeclContext *DC = NewVD->getDeclContext(); 6919 QualType R = NewVD->getType(); 6920 6921 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6922 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6923 // argument. 6924 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6925 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), 6926 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6927 << R; 6928 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6929 return false; 6930 } 6931 6932 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6933 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6934 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6935 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program 6936 // scope. 6937 if (NewVD->hasGlobalStorage() && !NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6938 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6939 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), 6940 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) 6941 << R; 6942 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6943 return false; 6944 } 6945 } 6946 6947 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6948 if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers", 6949 Se.getLangOpts())) { 6950 QualType NR = R.getCanonicalType(); 6951 while (NR->isPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() || 6952 NR->isReferenceType()) { 6953 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() || 6954 NR->isFunctionReferenceType()) { 6955 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer) 6956 << NR->isReferenceType(); 6957 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6958 return false; 6959 } 6960 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6961 } 6962 } 6963 6964 if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", 6965 Se.getLangOpts())) { 6966 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6967 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6968 if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6969 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6970 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6971 return false; 6972 } 6973 } 6974 6975 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6976 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6977 // address space qualifiers. 6978 if (R->isEventT()) { 6979 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6980 Se.Diag(NewVD->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6981 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6982 return false; 6983 } 6984 } 6985 6986 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6987 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6988 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6989 // space qualifiers. 6990 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6991 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6992 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6993 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6994 } 6995 6996 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6997 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6998 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6999 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 7000 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7001 R.isConstQualified())) { 7002 Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 7003 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7004 } 7005 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7006 return false; 7007 } 7008 7009 return true; 7010 } 7011 7012 template <typename AttrTy> 7013 static void copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl(Sema &S, Decl *D, const TypedefType *TT) { 7014 const TypedefNameDecl *TND = TT->getDecl(); 7015 if (const auto *Attribute = TND->getAttr<AttrTy>()) { 7016 AttrTy *Clone = Attribute->clone(S.Context); 7017 Clone->setInherited(true); 7018 D->addAttr(Clone); 7019 } 7020 } 7021 7022 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 7023 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7024 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7025 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 7026 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7027 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 7028 7029 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7030 7031 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 7032 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 7033 // purposes. 7034 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 7035 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 7036 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 7037 Name = II; 7038 } 7039 } else if (!II) { 7040 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 7041 return nullptr; 7042 } 7043 7044 7045 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 7046 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 7047 7048 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 7049 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 7050 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 7051 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && 7052 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) 7053 SC = SC_Extern; 7054 7055 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7056 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 7057 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7058 7059 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 7060 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 7061 // an error here 7062 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 7063 D.setInvalidType(); 7064 SC = SC_None; 7065 } 7066 7067 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 7068 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 7069 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 7070 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 7071 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 7072 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 7073 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7074 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 7075 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 7076 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7077 } 7078 7079 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 7080 7081 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 7082 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 7083 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 7084 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 7085 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 7086 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 7087 D.setInvalidType(); 7088 } 7089 } 7090 7091 // If this variable has a VLA type and an initializer, try to 7092 // fold to a constant-sized type. This is otherwise invalid. 7093 if (D.hasInitializer() && R->isVariableArrayType()) 7094 tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TInfo, R, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7095 /*DiagID=*/0); 7096 7097 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 7098 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 7099 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 7100 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 7101 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 7102 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 7103 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 7104 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7105 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7106 II, R, TInfo, SC); 7107 7108 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 7109 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 7110 7111 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7112 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7113 7114 if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() && 7115 NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 7116 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(), 7117 NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct); 7118 } else { 7119 bool Invalid = false; 7120 7121 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7122 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 7123 switch (SC) { 7124 case SC_None: 7125 break; 7126 case SC_Static: 7127 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7128 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7129 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7130 break; 7131 case SC_Auto: 7132 case SC_Register: 7133 case SC_Extern: 7134 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 7135 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 7136 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 7137 // of class members 7138 7139 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7140 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 7141 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7142 break; 7143 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7144 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 7145 } 7146 } 7147 7148 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 7149 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 7150 // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are 7151 // incompatible with static data members. 7152 const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr; 7153 const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr; 7154 for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) { 7155 if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7156 FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt; 7157 break; 7158 } 7159 const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt); 7160 if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) { 7161 AnonStruct = ParentDecl; 7162 break; 7163 } 7164 } 7165 if (FunctionOrMethod) { 7166 // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static data 7167 // members. 7168 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7169 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 7170 << Name << RD->getDeclName() << RD->getTagKind(); 7171 } else if (AnonStruct) { 7172 // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained 7173 // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain 7174 // static data members. 7175 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7176 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 7177 << Name << AnonStruct->getTagKind(); 7178 Invalid = true; 7179 } else if (RD->isUnion()) { 7180 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 7181 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 7182 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7183 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 7184 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 7185 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 7186 } 7187 } 7188 } 7189 7190 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7191 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7192 bool InvalidScope = false; 7193 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7194 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7195 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7196 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 7197 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7198 : nullptr, 7199 TemplateParamLists, 7200 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, InvalidScope); 7201 Invalid |= InvalidScope; 7202 7203 if (TemplateParams) { 7204 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 7205 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 7206 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 7207 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 7208 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 7209 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 7210 << II 7211 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 7212 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 7213 TemplateParams = nullptr; 7214 } else { 7215 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7216 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7217 return nullptr; 7218 7219 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 7220 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 7221 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 7222 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 7223 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 7224 // This is a template declaration. 7225 IsVariableTemplate = true; 7226 7227 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 7228 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7229 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 7230 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 7231 : diag::ext_variable_template); 7232 } 7233 } 7234 } else { 7235 // Check that we can declare a member specialization here. 7236 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization && 7237 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back())) 7238 return nullptr; 7239 assert((Invalid || 7240 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 7241 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7242 } 7243 7244 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 7245 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 7246 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 7247 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 7248 : SourceLocation(); 7249 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 7250 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 7251 IsPartialSpecialization); 7252 if (Res.isInvalid()) 7253 return nullptr; 7254 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 7255 AddToScope = false; 7256 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 7257 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 7258 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 7259 Bindings); 7260 } else 7261 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 7262 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 7263 7264 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 7265 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 7266 NewTemplate = 7267 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 7268 TemplateParams, NewVD); 7269 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 7270 } 7271 7272 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 7273 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 7274 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 7275 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 7276 7277 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 7278 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7279 if (NewTemplate) 7280 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7281 } 7282 7283 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D); 7284 7285 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 7286 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 7287 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 7288 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 7289 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 7290 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 7291 } 7292 7293 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 7294 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7295 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 7296 << 0; 7297 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7298 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 7299 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7300 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7301 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7302 } else { 7303 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7304 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 7305 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 7306 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 7307 } 7308 } 7309 7310 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 7311 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7312 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7313 if (NewTemplate) 7314 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7315 7316 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 7317 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 7318 for (auto *B : Bindings) 7319 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 7320 else 7321 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7322 } 7323 7324 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 7325 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 7326 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 7327 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 7328 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 7329 // explicitly. 7330 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 7331 // 'extern'. 7332 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7333 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 7334 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 7335 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 7336 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7337 diag::err_thread_non_global) 7338 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7339 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 7340 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || 7341 getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) { 7342 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 7343 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 7344 // error should be ignored. 7345 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 7346 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 7347 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 7348 // to emit any code for it. 7349 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 7350 } else 7351 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7352 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7353 } else 7354 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 7355 } 7356 7357 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) { 7358 case ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified: 7359 break; 7360 7361 case ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval: 7362 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7363 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 7364 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()); 7365 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 7366 7367 case ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr: 7368 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 7369 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 7370 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 7371 // implicitly an inline variable. 7372 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && 7373 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 || 7374 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())) 7375 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7376 break; 7377 7378 case ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit: 7379 if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage()) 7380 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7381 diag::err_constinit_local_variable); 7382 else 7383 NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create( 7384 Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7385 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit)); 7386 break; 7387 } 7388 7389 // C99 6.7.4p3 7390 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 7391 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 7392 // thread storage duration... 7393 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 7394 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 7395 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 7396 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 7397 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 7398 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 7399 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 7400 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7401 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 7402 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7403 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 7404 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 7405 } 7406 } 7407 7408 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7409 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 7410 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7411 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 7412 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7413 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7414 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 7415 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7416 << 2 7417 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7418 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 7419 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7420 << 0 << NewVD 7421 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7422 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7423 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7424 else { 7425 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 7426 if (NewTemplate) 7427 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7428 for (auto *B : Bindings) 7429 B->setModulePrivate(); 7430 } 7431 } 7432 7433 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7434 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD); 7435 7436 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 7437 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 7438 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7439 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 7440 << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionString() 7441 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 7442 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7443 } 7444 } 7445 7446 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 7447 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 7448 7449 // FIXME: This is probably the wrong location to be doing this and we should 7450 // probably be doing this for more attributes (especially for function 7451 // pointer attributes such as format, warn_unused_result, etc.). Ideally 7452 // the code to copy attributes would be generated by TableGen. 7453 if (R->isFunctionPointerType()) 7454 if (const auto *TT = R->getAs<TypedefType>()) 7455 copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl<AllocSizeAttr>(*this, NewVD, TT); 7456 7457 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || 7458 getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) { 7459 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 7460 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 7461 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 7462 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD)))) 7463 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7464 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7465 7466 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 7467 (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice))) 7468 targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7469 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 7470 // storage [duration]." 7471 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 7472 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 7473 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 7474 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 7475 } 7476 } 7477 7478 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 7479 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 7480 // check the VarDecl itself. 7481 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 7482 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 7483 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 7484 7485 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 7486 // retainable type. 7487 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 7488 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7489 7490 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7491 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 7492 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7493 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7494 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 7495 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 7496 switch (SC) { 7497 case SC_None: 7498 case SC_Auto: 7499 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 7500 break; 7501 case SC_Register: 7502 // Local Named register 7503 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 7504 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 7505 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7506 break; 7507 case SC_Static: 7508 case SC_Extern: 7509 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7510 break; 7511 } 7512 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 7513 // Global Named register 7514 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 7515 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 7516 bool HasSizeMismatch; 7517 7518 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 7519 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7520 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 7521 Context.getTypeSize(R), 7522 HasSizeMismatch)) 7523 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 7524 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 7525 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 7526 } 7527 7528 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 7529 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 7530 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7531 } 7532 } 7533 7534 NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label, 7535 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 7536 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 7537 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7538 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7539 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 7540 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7541 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 7542 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 7543 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7544 } else 7545 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7546 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 7547 } 7548 } 7549 7550 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 7551 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 7552 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 7553 : nullptr; 7554 7555 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 7556 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 7557 // declaration has linkage). 7558 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 7559 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7560 IsMemberSpecialization || 7561 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 7562 7563 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 7564 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 7565 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7566 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 7567 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 7568 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 7569 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 7570 7571 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7572 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7573 } else { 7574 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 7575 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7576 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 7577 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7578 7579 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 7580 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7581 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7582 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 7583 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7584 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 7585 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7586 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 7587 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7588 Previous.clear(); 7589 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7590 } 7591 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7592 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 7593 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 7594 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 7595 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7596 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7597 } 7598 7599 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 7600 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7601 7602 if (NewTemplate) { 7603 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 7604 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 7605 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 7606 : nullptr; 7607 7608 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 7609 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 7610 // template declaration. 7611 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 7612 TemplateParams, 7613 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7614 : nullptr, 7615 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 7616 DC->isDependentContext()) 7617 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7618 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 7619 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7620 7621 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 7622 // template, make a note of that. 7623 if (PrevVarTemplate && 7624 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 7625 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 7626 } 7627 } 7628 7629 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 7630 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 7631 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 7632 7633 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 7634 7635 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7636 // the map of such variables. 7637 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7638 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 7639 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 7640 7641 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7642 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 7643 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 7644 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 7645 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 7646 if (MCtx) { 7647 Context.setManglingNumber( 7648 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 7649 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 7650 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 7651 } 7652 } 7653 7654 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 7655 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 7656 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7657 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 7658 7659 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 7660 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 7661 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 7662 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 7663 7664 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 7665 // behavior. 7666 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 7667 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 7668 } 7669 7670 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7671 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7672 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 7673 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 7674 } 7675 7676 if (NewTemplate) { 7677 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7678 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7679 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 7680 return NewTemplate; 7681 } 7682 7683 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7684 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 7685 7686 return NewVD; 7687 } 7688 7689 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 7690 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 7691 SDK_Local, 7692 SDK_Global, 7693 SDK_StaticMember, 7694 SDK_Field, 7695 SDK_Typedef, 7696 SDK_Using, 7697 SDK_StructuredBinding 7698 }; 7699 7700 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 7701 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7702 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 7703 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7704 return SDK_Using; 7705 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7706 return SDK_Typedef; 7707 else if (isa<BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7708 return SDK_StructuredBinding; 7709 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 7710 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 7711 7712 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 7713 } 7714 7715 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 7716 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 7717 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 7718 const VarDecl *VD) { 7719 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 7720 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 7721 return Capture.getLocation(); 7722 } 7723 return SourceLocation(); 7724 } 7725 7726 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 7727 const LookupResult &R) { 7728 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 7729 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 7730 return false; 7731 7732 // Return false if warning is ignored. 7733 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 7734 } 7735 7736 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 7737 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7738 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 7739 const LookupResult &R) { 7740 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7741 return nullptr; 7742 7743 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 7744 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 7745 return nullptr; 7746 7747 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7748 return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl 7749 : nullptr; 7750 } 7751 7752 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 7753 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7754 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 7755 const LookupResult &R) { 7756 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 7757 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7758 return nullptr; 7759 7760 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7761 return nullptr; 7762 7763 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7764 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7765 } 7766 7767 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 7768 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7769 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D, 7770 const LookupResult &R) { 7771 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7772 return nullptr; 7773 7774 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7775 return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl 7776 : nullptr; 7777 } 7778 7779 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7780 /// -Wshadow. 7781 /// 7782 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7783 /// scope. 7784 /// 7785 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7786 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7787 /// 7788 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7789 const LookupResult &R) { 7790 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7791 7792 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7793 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7794 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7795 if (MD->isStatic()) 7796 return; 7797 7798 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7799 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7800 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7801 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7802 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7803 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7804 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7805 return; 7806 } 7807 } 7808 7809 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7810 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7811 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7812 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7813 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7814 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7815 ShadowedDecl = I; 7816 break; 7817 } 7818 } 7819 7820 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7821 7822 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7823 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7824 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7825 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7826 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7827 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7828 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7829 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7830 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7831 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7832 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7833 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7834 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7835 } else { 7836 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7837 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7838 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7839 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7840 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7841 return; 7842 } 7843 } 7844 7845 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7846 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7847 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7848 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7849 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7850 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7851 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7852 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7853 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7854 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7855 return; 7856 } 7857 } 7858 } 7859 } 7860 } 7861 7862 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7863 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7864 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7865 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7866 return; 7867 7868 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7869 // static data members from base classes? 7870 7871 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7872 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7873 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7874 } 7875 7876 7877 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7878 7879 // Emit warning and note. 7880 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7881 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7882 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7883 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7884 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7885 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7886 } 7887 7888 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7889 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7890 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7891 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7892 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7893 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7894 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7895 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7896 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7897 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7898 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7899 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7900 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7901 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7902 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7903 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7904 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7905 } 7906 } 7907 7908 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7909 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7910 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7911 return; 7912 7913 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7914 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7915 LookupName(R, S); 7916 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7917 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7918 } 7919 7920 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7921 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7922 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7923 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7924 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7925 return; 7926 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7927 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7928 if (!DRE) 7929 return; 7930 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7931 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7932 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7933 return; 7934 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7935 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7936 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7937 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7938 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7939 7940 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7941 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7942 } 7943 7944 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7945 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7946 template<typename T> 7947 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7948 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7949 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7950 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7951 7952 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7953 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7954 // declaration. 7955 return false; 7956 } 7957 7958 if (Prev) { 7959 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7960 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7961 // redeclaration. 7962 Previous.clear(); 7963 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7964 return true; 7965 } 7966 7967 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7968 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7969 // declaration. 7970 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7971 return false; 7972 } else { 7973 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7974 // translation unit which might conflict. 7975 if (IsGlobal) { 7976 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7977 IsGlobal = false; 7978 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7979 I != E; ++I) { 7980 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7981 Prev = *I; 7982 break; 7983 } 7984 } 7985 } else { 7986 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7987 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7988 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7989 I != E; ++I) { 7990 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7991 Prev = *I; 7992 break; 7993 } 7994 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7995 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7996 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7997 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7998 // diagnostic. 7999 } 8000 } 8001 8002 if (!Prev) 8003 return false; 8004 } 8005 8006 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 8007 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 8008 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 8009 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 8010 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 8011 else 8012 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 8013 8014 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 8015 << IsGlobal << ND; 8016 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 8017 << IsGlobal; 8018 return false; 8019 } 8020 8021 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 8022 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 8023 /// 8024 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 8025 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 8026 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 8027 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 8028 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 8029 template<typename T> 8030 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 8031 LookupResult &Previous) { 8032 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8033 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 8034 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 8035 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 8036 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8037 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 8038 Previous.clear(); 8039 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 8040 return true; 8041 } 8042 } 8043 return false; 8044 } 8045 8046 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 8047 // declaration. 8048 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 8049 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 8050 8051 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 8052 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 8053 // in another scope. 8054 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 8055 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 8056 8057 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 8058 return false; 8059 } 8060 8061 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 8062 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 8063 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 8064 return; 8065 8066 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 8067 8068 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 8069 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 8070 return; 8071 8072 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 8073 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 8074 8075 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8076 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 8077 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 8078 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8079 NewVD->setType(T); 8080 } 8081 8082 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 8083 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 8084 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 8085 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 8086 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 8087 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 8088 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 8089 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8090 return; 8091 } 8092 8093 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 8094 // scope. 8095 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 8096 !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers", 8097 getLangOpts()) && 8098 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 8099 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 8100 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8101 return; 8102 } 8103 8104 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8105 if (!diagnoseOpenCLTypes(*this, NewVD)) 8106 return; 8107 8108 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 8109 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8110 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 8111 return; 8112 } 8113 8114 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 8115 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 8116 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 8117 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8118 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 8119 << 0 /*const*/; 8120 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8121 return; 8122 } 8123 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 8124 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 8125 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8126 return; 8127 } 8128 } 8129 8130 // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense. 8131 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 8132 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 8133 if (!T->isSamplerT() && !T->isDependentType() && 8134 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 8135 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 8136 getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported( 8137 getLangOpts())))) { 8138 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 8139 if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts())) 8140 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 8141 << Scope << "global or constant"; 8142 else 8143 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 8144 << Scope << "constant"; 8145 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8146 return; 8147 } 8148 } else { 8149 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 8150 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 8151 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 8152 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8153 return; 8154 } 8155 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 8156 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 8157 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 8158 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 8159 // in functions. 8160 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8161 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 8162 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 8163 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 8164 else 8165 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 8166 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 8167 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8168 return; 8169 } 8170 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 8171 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 8172 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8173 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 8174 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 8175 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 8176 << "constant"; 8177 else 8178 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 8179 << "local"; 8180 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8181 return; 8182 } 8183 } 8184 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && 8185 // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr 8186 // space yet. 8187 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 8188 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 8189 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 8190 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8191 return; 8192 } 8193 } 8194 } 8195 8196 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 8197 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8198 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 8199 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 8200 else { 8201 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 8202 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 8203 } 8204 } 8205 8206 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 8207 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 8208 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8209 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8210 8211 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 8212 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 8213 bool SizeIsNegative; 8214 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8215 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 8216 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 8217 QualType FixedT; 8218 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 8219 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 8220 else if (FixedTInfo) { 8221 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 8222 // both types separately. 8223 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 8224 Oversized); 8225 } 8226 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 8227 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 8228 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 8229 // int a[10][n]; 8230 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 8231 8232 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 8233 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 8234 << SizeRange; 8235 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 8236 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 8237 << SizeRange; 8238 else 8239 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 8240 << SizeRange; 8241 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8242 return; 8243 } 8244 8245 if (!FixedTInfo) { 8246 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 8247 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 8248 else 8249 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 8250 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8251 return; 8252 } 8253 8254 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); 8255 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 8256 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 8257 } 8258 8259 if (T->isVoidType()) { 8260 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 8261 // of objects and functions. 8262 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8263 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 8264 << T; 8265 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8266 return; 8267 } 8268 } 8269 8270 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8271 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8272 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8273 return; 8274 } 8275 8276 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType()) { 8277 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T; 8278 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8279 return; 8280 } 8281 8282 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8283 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 8284 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8285 return; 8286 } 8287 8288 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 8289 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 8290 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 8291 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8292 return; 8293 } 8294 8295 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as non-local variable types. 8296 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 8297 !NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && 8298 CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewVD->getLocation())) { 8299 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8300 return; 8301 } 8302 } 8303 8304 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 8305 /// declaration. 8306 /// 8307 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 8308 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 8309 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 8310 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 8311 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 8312 /// 8313 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 8314 /// 8315 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 8316 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 8317 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 8318 8319 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 8320 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 8321 return false; 8322 8323 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 8324 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 8325 if (Previous.empty() && 8326 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 8327 Previous.setShadowed(); 8328 8329 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8330 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 8331 return true; 8332 } 8333 return false; 8334 } 8335 8336 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 8337 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 8338 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 8339 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden; 8340 8341 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 8342 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false, 8343 /*DetectVirtual=*/false); 8344 auto VisitBase = [&] (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 8345 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8346 DeclarationName Name = MD->getDeclName(); 8347 8348 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8349 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 8350 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 8351 CanQualType CT = Context.getCanonicalType(T); 8352 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 8353 } 8354 8355 for (NamedDecl *BaseND : BaseRecord->lookup(Name)) { 8356 CXXMethodDecl *BaseMD = 8357 dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(BaseND->getCanonicalDecl()); 8358 if (!BaseMD || !BaseMD->isVirtual() || 8359 IsOverload(MD, BaseMD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false, 8360 /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true, 8361 // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires 8362 // clauses when overriding. 8363 /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false)) 8364 continue; 8365 8366 if (Overridden.insert(BaseMD).second) { 8367 MD->addOverriddenMethod(BaseMD); 8368 CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, BaseMD); 8369 CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, BaseMD); 8370 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, BaseMD); 8371 CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, BaseMD); 8372 } 8373 8374 // A method can only override one function from each base class. We 8375 // don't track indirectly overridden methods from bases of bases. 8376 return true; 8377 } 8378 8379 return false; 8380 }; 8381 8382 DC->lookupInBases(VisitBase, Paths); 8383 return !Overridden.empty(); 8384 } 8385 8386 namespace { 8387 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 8388 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 8389 struct ActOnFDArgs { 8390 Scope *S; 8391 Declarator &D; 8392 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 8393 bool AddToScope; 8394 }; 8395 } // end anonymous namespace 8396 8397 namespace { 8398 8399 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 8400 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 8401 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 8402 public: 8403 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 8404 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 8405 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 8406 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 8407 8408 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 8409 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 8410 return false; 8411 8412 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 8413 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 8414 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 8415 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 8416 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 8417 8418 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8419 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8420 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 8421 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 8422 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 8423 return true; 8424 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 8425 return true; 8426 } 8427 } 8428 } 8429 8430 return false; 8431 } 8432 8433 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 8434 return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 8435 } 8436 8437 private: 8438 ASTContext &Context; 8439 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 8440 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 8441 }; 8442 8443 } // end anonymous namespace 8444 8445 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 8446 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 8447 } 8448 8449 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 8450 /// 8451 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 8452 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 8453 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 8454 /// the same name. 8455 /// 8456 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 8457 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 8458 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8459 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8460 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 8461 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 8462 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 8463 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 8464 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 8465 TypoCorrection Correction; 8466 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 8467 unsigned DiagMsg = 8468 IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend : 8469 NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match : 8470 diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 8471 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 8472 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 8473 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 8474 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 8475 8476 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8477 if (IsLocalFriend) 8478 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 8479 else 8480 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 8481 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 8482 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 8483 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8484 DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 8485 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 8486 if (!Prev.empty()) { 8487 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 8488 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 8489 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 8490 if (FD && 8491 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8492 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 8493 // involve a parameter 8494 unsigned ParamNum = 8495 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 8496 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 8497 } 8498 } 8499 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 8500 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 8501 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 8502 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, 8503 IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 8504 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 8505 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 8506 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8507 Previous.clear(); 8508 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 8509 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 8510 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 8511 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 8512 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 8513 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8514 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8515 Previous.addDecl(FD); 8516 } 8517 } 8518 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 8519 8520 NamedDecl *Result; 8521 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 8522 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 8523 { 8524 // Trap errors. 8525 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 8526 8527 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 8528 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 8529 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 8530 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 8531 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 8532 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 8533 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 8534 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 8535 8536 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 8537 Result = nullptr; 8538 } 8539 8540 if (Result) { 8541 // Determine which correction we picked. 8542 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 8543 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 8544 I != E; ++I) 8545 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 8546 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 8547 8548 // Let Sema know about the correction. 8549 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 8550 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 8551 Correction, 8552 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 8553 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 8554 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 8555 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 8556 return Result; 8557 } 8558 8559 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 8560 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 8561 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8562 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 8563 Previous.clear(); 8564 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 8565 } 8566 8567 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 8568 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 8569 8570 bool NewFDisConst = false; 8571 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8572 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 8573 8574 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 8575 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 8576 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 8577 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 8578 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 8579 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 8580 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 8581 8582 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 8583 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 8584 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 8585 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 8586 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8587 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 8588 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 8589 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 8590 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 8591 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 8592 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 8593 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd() 8594 << (NewFDisConst 8595 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ExtraArgs.D.getFunctionTypeInfo() 8596 .getConstQualifierLoc()) 8597 : FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExtraArgs.D.getFunctionTypeInfo() 8598 .getRParenLoc() 8599 .getLocWithOffset(1), 8600 " const")); 8601 } else 8602 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8603 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 8604 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 8605 } 8606 return nullptr; 8607 } 8608 8609 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 8610 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 8611 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 8612 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 8613 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 8614 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 8615 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8616 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 8617 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8618 D.setInvalidType(); 8619 break; 8620 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 8621 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 8622 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 8623 return SC_None; 8624 return SC_Extern; 8625 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 8626 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8627 // C99 6.7.1p5: 8628 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 8629 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 8630 // other than extern 8631 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 8632 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8633 diag::err_static_block_func); 8634 break; 8635 } else 8636 return SC_Static; 8637 } 8638 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 8639 } 8640 8641 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 8642 return SC_None; 8643 } 8644 8645 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 8646 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 8647 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8648 StorageClass SC, 8649 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 8650 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8651 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8652 8653 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 8654 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8655 8656 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8657 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8658 // prototype. This true when: 8659 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 8660 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 8661 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 8662 // function type). 8663 bool HasPrototype = 8664 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 8665 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 8666 8667 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create( 8668 SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, 8669 SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, HasPrototype, 8670 ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified, 8671 /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr); 8672 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8673 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8674 8675 return NewFD; 8676 } 8677 8678 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier(); 8679 8680 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 8681 if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit) { 8682 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8683 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 8684 << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind); 8685 ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified; 8686 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec(); 8687 } 8688 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause(); 8689 8690 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 8691 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8692 // the class has been completely parsed. 8693 if (!DC->isRecord() && 8694 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 8695 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 8696 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 8697 D.setInvalidType(); 8698 8699 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 8700 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 8701 assert(DC->isRecord() && 8702 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 8703 8704 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8705 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 8706 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8707 TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), 8708 isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, 8709 InheritedConstructor(), TrailingRequiresClause); 8710 8711 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8712 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 8713 if (DC->isRecord()) { 8714 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8715 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 8716 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 8717 SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8718 SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8719 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, 8720 TrailingRequiresClause); 8721 8722 // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it 8723 // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start 8724 // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration. 8725 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8726 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD); 8727 8728 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8729 return NewDD; 8730 8731 } else { 8732 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 8733 D.setInvalidType(); 8734 8735 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 8736 // code path. 8737 return FunctionDecl::Create( 8738 SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, 8739 TInfo, SC, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8740 /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause); 8741 } 8742 8743 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 8744 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 8745 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8746 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 8747 return nullptr; 8748 } 8749 8750 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8751 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8752 return nullptr; 8753 8754 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8755 return CXXConversionDecl::Create( 8756 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8757 TInfo, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8758 ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), 8759 TrailingRequiresClause); 8760 8761 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 8762 if (TrailingRequiresClause) 8763 SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(), 8764 diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide) 8765 << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange(); 8766 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8767 8768 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8769 ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8770 D.getEndLoc()); 8771 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8772 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8773 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8774 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8775 // constructor if it has no return type). 8776 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8777 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8778 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8779 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8780 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8781 return nullptr; 8782 } 8783 8784 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8785 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 8786 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8787 TInfo, SC, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8788 ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), TrailingRequiresClause); 8789 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8790 return Ret; 8791 } else { 8792 bool isFriend = 8793 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8794 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8795 return nullptr; 8796 8797 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8798 // prototype. This true when: 8799 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8800 return FunctionDecl::Create( 8801 SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, 8802 SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, 8803 true /*HasPrototype*/, ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause); 8804 } 8805 } 8806 8807 enum OpenCLParamType { 8808 ValidKernelParam, 8809 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8810 PtrKernelParam, 8811 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8812 InvalidKernelParam, 8813 RecordKernelParam 8814 }; 8815 8816 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { 8817 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types 8818 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to 8819 // integers other than by their names. 8820 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; 8821 8822 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef 8823 // for a size dependent type. 8824 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; 8825 do { 8826 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); 8827 auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString()); 8828 if (Names.end() != Match) 8829 return true; 8830 8831 Ty = DesugaredTy; 8832 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); 8833 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); 8834 8835 return false; 8836 } 8837 8838 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8839 if (PT->isDependentType()) 8840 return InvalidKernelParam; 8841 8842 if (PT->isPointerType() || PT->isReferenceType()) { 8843 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8844 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8845 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8846 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8847 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8848 8849 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) { 8850 // This is a pointer to pointer parameter. 8851 // Recursively check inner type. 8852 OpenCLParamType ParamKind = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PointeeType); 8853 if (ParamKind == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam || 8854 ParamKind == InvalidKernelParam) 8855 return ParamKind; 8856 8857 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8858 } 8859 8860 // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4: 8861 // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be: 8862 // Standard layout types for pointer parameters. The same applies to 8863 // reference if an implementation supports them in kernel parameters. 8864 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && 8865 !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( 8866 "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts()) && 8867 !PointeeType->isAtomicType() && !PointeeType->isVoidType() && 8868 !PointeeType->isStandardLayoutType()) 8869 return InvalidKernelParam; 8870 8871 return PtrKernelParam; 8872 } 8873 8874 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8875 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8876 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8877 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one 8878 // of these built-in scalar types. 8879 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) 8880 return InvalidKernelParam; 8881 8882 if (PT->isImageType()) 8883 return PtrKernelParam; 8884 8885 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8886 return InvalidKernelParam; 8887 8888 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8889 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8890 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8891 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", S.getLangOpts()) && 8892 PT->isHalfType()) 8893 return InvalidKernelParam; 8894 8895 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. 8896 if (PT->isArrayType()) { 8897 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8898 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the 8899 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an 8900 // array, this recursive call only happens once. 8901 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); 8902 } 8903 8904 // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4: 8905 // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be: 8906 // Trivial and standard-layout types C++17 [basic.types] (plain old data 8907 // types) for parameters passed by value; 8908 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && 8909 !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( 8910 "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts()) && 8911 !PT->isOpenCLSpecificType() && !PT.isPODType(S.Context)) 8912 return InvalidKernelParam; 8913 8914 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8915 return RecordKernelParam; 8916 8917 return ValidKernelParam; 8918 } 8919 8920 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8921 Sema &S, 8922 Declarator &D, 8923 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8924 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8925 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8926 8927 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8928 // used again 8929 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8930 return; 8931 8932 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8933 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8934 // OpenCL v3.0 s6.11.a: 8935 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a pointer to a pointer 8936 // type. [...] This restriction only applies to OpenCL C 1.2 or below. 8937 if (S.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() <= 120) { 8938 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8939 D.setInvalidType(); 8940 return; 8941 } 8942 8943 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8944 return; 8945 8946 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8947 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8948 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8949 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8950 // __constant. 8951 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8952 D.setInvalidType(); 8953 return; 8954 8955 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8956 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8957 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8958 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8959 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8960 8961 case InvalidKernelParam: 8962 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8963 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8964 // of event_t type. 8965 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8966 // type for any function elsewhere. 8967 if (!PT->isHalfType()) { 8968 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8969 8970 // Explain what typedefs are involved. 8971 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; 8972 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { 8973 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); 8974 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. 8975 if (Loc.isValid()) 8976 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; 8977 PT = Typedef->desugar(); 8978 } 8979 } 8980 8981 D.setInvalidType(); 8982 return; 8983 8984 case PtrKernelParam: 8985 case ValidKernelParam: 8986 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8987 return; 8988 8989 case RecordKernelParam: 8990 break; 8991 } 8992 8993 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8994 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8995 8996 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8997 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8998 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8999 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 9000 9001 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or 9002 // an ArrayType of a RecordType. 9003 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); 9004 const RecordType *RecTy = 9005 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9006 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); 9007 9008 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); 9009 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 9010 9011 do { 9012 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 9013 if (!Next) { 9014 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 9015 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 9016 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 9017 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 9018 9019 continue; 9020 } 9021 9022 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 9023 // field itself) to the history stack. 9024 const RecordDecl *RD; 9025 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 9026 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 9027 9028 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); 9029 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we 9030 // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). 9031 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && 9032 "Unexpected type."); 9033 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 9034 9035 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 9036 } else { 9037 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 9038 } 9039 9040 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 9041 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 9042 9043 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 9044 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 9045 9046 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 9047 continue; 9048 9049 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 9050 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 9051 continue; 9052 9053 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 9054 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 9055 continue; 9056 } 9057 9058 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 9059 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 9060 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 9061 // union. 9062 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 9063 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 9064 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 9065 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 9066 << PT->isUnionType() 9067 << PT; 9068 } else { 9069 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 9070 } 9071 9072 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 9073 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); 9074 9075 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 9076 // the offending field came from 9077 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 9078 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 9079 E = HistoryStack.end(); 9080 I != E; ++I) { 9081 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 9082 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 9083 << OuterField->getType(); 9084 } 9085 9086 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 9087 << QT->isPointerType() 9088 << QT; 9089 D.setInvalidType(); 9090 return; 9091 } 9092 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 9093 } 9094 9095 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 9096 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 9097 /// nothing. 9098 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9099 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9100 DC = DC->getParent(); 9101 return DC; 9102 } 9103 9104 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 9105 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 9106 /// nothing. 9107 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 9108 while (S->isClassScope() || 9109 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 9110 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9111 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9112 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 9113 S = S->getParent(); 9114 return S; 9115 } 9116 9117 NamedDecl* 9118 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 9119 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 9120 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef, 9121 bool &AddToScope) { 9122 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 9123 9124 assert(R->isFunctionType()); 9125 if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr()) 9126 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call); 9127 9128 SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists; 9129 for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef) 9130 TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL); 9131 if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) { 9132 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && 9133 Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth()) 9134 TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented; 9135 else 9136 TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented); 9137 } 9138 9139 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 9140 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 9141 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 9142 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 9143 9144 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9145 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9146 diag::err_invalid_thread) 9147 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9148 9149 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 9150 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 9151 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9152 9153 bool isFriend = false; 9154 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 9155 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 9156 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 9157 9158 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 9159 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9160 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 9161 9162 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 9163 9164 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 9165 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 9166 9167 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 9168 isVirtualOkay); 9169 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 9170 9171 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 9172 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 9173 9174 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 9175 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 9176 // context will be different from the semantic context. 9177 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9178 9179 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 9180 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 9181 9182 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9183 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 9184 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 9185 bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier(); 9186 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 9187 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9188 // C++ [class.friend]p5 9189 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 9190 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 9191 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 9192 } 9193 9194 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 9195 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 9196 // return true). 9197 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 9198 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 9199 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 9200 NewFD->setPure(true); 9201 9202 // C++ [class.union]p2 9203 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 9204 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) { 9205 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 9206 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9207 } 9208 if ((Parent->isClass() || Parent->isStruct()) && 9209 Parent->hasAttr<SYCLSpecialClassAttr>() && 9210 NewFD->getKind() == Decl::Kind::CXXMethod && NewFD->getIdentifier() && 9211 NewFD->getName() == "__init" && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9212 if (auto *Def = Parent->getDefinition()) 9213 Def->setInitMethod(true); 9214 } 9215 } 9216 9217 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D); 9218 isMemberSpecialization = false; 9219 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 9220 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9221 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9222 9223 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 9224 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 9225 bool Invalid = false; 9226 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 9227 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 9228 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9229 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 9230 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 9231 ? D.getName().TemplateId 9232 : nullptr, 9233 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 9234 Invalid); 9235 if (TemplateParams) { 9236 // Check that we can declare a template here. 9237 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 9238 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9239 9240 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9241 // This is a function template 9242 9243 // A destructor cannot be a template. 9244 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 9245 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 9246 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9247 } 9248 9249 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 9250 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 9251 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 9252 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 9253 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 9254 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 9255 Invalid = true; 9256 } 9257 9258 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 9259 NewFD->getLocation(), 9260 Name, TemplateParams, 9261 NewFD); 9262 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9263 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 9264 9265 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 9266 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 9267 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9268 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists) 9269 .drop_back(1)); 9270 } 9271 } else { 9272 // This is a function template specialization. 9273 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 9274 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 9275 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 9276 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 9277 9278 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 9279 if (isFriend) { 9280 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 9281 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 9282 9283 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 9284 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 9285 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 9286 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 9287 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 9288 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 9289 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 9290 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 9291 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 9292 } 9293 9294 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 9295 << Name << RemoveRange 9296 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 9297 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 9298 Invalid = true; 9299 } 9300 } 9301 } else { 9302 // Check that we can declare a template here. 9303 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization && 9304 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back())) 9305 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9306 9307 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 9308 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 9309 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 9310 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 9311 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 9312 } 9313 9314 if (Invalid) { 9315 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9316 if (FunctionTemplate) 9317 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9318 } 9319 9320 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 9321 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 9322 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 9323 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 9324 // 9325 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9326 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 9327 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 9328 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 9329 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 9330 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 9331 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 9332 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 9333 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 9334 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9335 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 9336 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 9337 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 9338 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 9339 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 9340 } else { 9341 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 9342 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 9343 } 9344 9345 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 9346 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 9347 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 9348 } 9349 9350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 9351 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 9352 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 9353 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9354 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 9355 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 9356 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 9357 // thing to do. 9358 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 9359 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 9360 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9361 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9362 QualType Result = SubstAutoTypeDependent(FPT->getReturnType()); 9363 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 9364 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 9365 } 9366 9367 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 9368 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 9369 // declaration. 9370 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9371 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 9372 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 9373 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 9374 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 9375 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 9376 } 9377 } 9378 9379 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 9380 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 9381 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 9382 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 9383 if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9384 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9385 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 9386 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 9387 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 9388 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 9389 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 9390 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 9391 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9392 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 9393 // or conversion function. 9394 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 9395 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 9396 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 9397 } 9398 } 9399 9400 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 9401 if (ConstexprKind != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified) { 9402 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 9403 // are implicitly inline. 9404 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 9405 9406 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 9407 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 9408 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 9409 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) && 9410 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 || 9411 ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval)) { 9412 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor) 9413 << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind); 9414 NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 9415 ? ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified 9416 : ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr); 9417 } 9418 // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a 9419 // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval 9420 // specifier. 9421 if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval && 9422 (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 9423 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New || 9424 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 9425 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) { 9426 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 9427 diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind) 9428 << NewFD; 9429 NewFD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr); 9430 } 9431 } 9432 9433 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 9434 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9435 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9436 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 9437 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 9438 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9439 << 0 9440 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9441 } else { 9442 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9443 if (FunctionTemplate) 9444 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 9445 } 9446 } 9447 9448 if (isFriend) { 9449 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9450 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 9451 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 9452 } 9453 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 9454 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9455 } 9456 9457 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 9458 // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later. 9459 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 9460 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration: 9461 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition: 9462 break; 9463 9464 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted: 9465 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 9466 break; 9467 9468 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted: 9469 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 9470 break; 9471 } 9472 9473 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 9474 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9475 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 9476 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 9477 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 9478 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 9479 } 9480 9481 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 9482 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 9483 // C++ [class.static]p1: 9484 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 9485 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 9486 // the class. 9487 9488 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 9489 // member function definition. 9490 9491 // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line 9492 // member function template declaration and class member template 9493 // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this. 9494 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9495 ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) && 9496 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) || 9497 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())) 9498 ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line) 9499 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9500 } 9501 9502 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 9503 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 9504 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 9505 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9506 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 9507 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 9508 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 9509 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 9510 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 9511 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 9512 } 9513 9514 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 9515 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 9516 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 9517 isMemberSpecialization || 9518 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 9519 9520 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 9521 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 9522 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 9523 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 9524 NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(), 9525 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 9526 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 9527 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 9528 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 9529 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9530 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 9531 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 9532 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 9533 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 9534 } else 9535 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 9536 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 9537 } 9538 } 9539 9540 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 9541 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 9542 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 9543 unsigned FTIIdx; 9544 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 9545 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 9546 9547 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 9548 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 9549 // single void argument. 9550 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 9551 // already checks for that case. 9552 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 9553 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 9554 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 9555 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 9556 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9557 Params.push_back(Param); 9558 9559 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 9560 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9561 } 9562 } 9563 9564 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9565 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 9566 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 9567 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 9568 // the TU. 9569 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 9570 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 9571 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 9572 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 9573 9574 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 9575 // instead. 9576 if (!TD) { 9577 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 9578 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 9579 } 9580 if (!TD) 9581 continue; 9582 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 9583 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 9584 continue; 9585 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 9586 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9587 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 9588 9589 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 9590 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 9591 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 9592 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 9593 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 9594 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 9595 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 9596 } 9597 } 9598 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9599 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 9600 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 9601 // parameters for use in the declaration. 9602 // 9603 // @code 9604 // typedef void fn(int); 9605 // fn f; 9606 // @endcode 9607 9608 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 9609 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 9610 ParmVarDecl *Param = 9611 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 9612 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 9613 Params.push_back(Param); 9614 } 9615 } else { 9616 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 9617 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 9618 } 9619 9620 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 9621 NewFD->setParams(Params); 9622 9623 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 9624 NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context, 9625 D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 9626 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword)); 9627 9628 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 9629 // because all functions have linkage. 9630 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9631 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9632 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 9633 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9634 } 9635 9636 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 9637 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9638 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9639 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9640 Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 9641 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 9642 9643 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 9644 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9645 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9646 NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9647 Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9648 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 9649 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 9650 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9651 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 9652 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 9653 NewFD)) 9654 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9655 } 9656 9657 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or 9658 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. 9659 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9660 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, 9661 D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9662 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); 9663 } 9664 } 9665 9666 // Handle attributes. 9667 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 9668 9669 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9670 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 9671 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 9672 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 9673 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 9674 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9675 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 9676 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9677 } 9678 } 9679 9680 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9681 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9682 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9683 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9684 9685 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9686 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9687 9688 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9689 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9690 isMemberSpecialization)); 9691 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9692 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9693 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9694 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9695 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9696 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9697 9698 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 9699 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 9700 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 9701 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9702 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9703 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 9704 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 9705 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 9706 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 9707 int DiagID = 9708 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 9709 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 9710 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 9711 } 9712 } 9713 9714 if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 9715 NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 9716 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(), 9717 NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), 9718 NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 9719 } else { 9720 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 9721 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 9722 // 9723 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 9724 // 9725 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 9726 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 9727 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 9728 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 9729 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 9730 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 9731 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 9732 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 9733 9734 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 9735 // argument list into our AST format. 9736 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 9737 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 9738 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 9739 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9740 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 9741 TemplateId->NumArgs); 9742 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 9743 TemplateArgs); 9744 9745 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9746 9747 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9748 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9749 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 9750 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 9751 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 9752 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9753 9754 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9755 } else { 9756 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 9757 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 9758 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 9759 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 9760 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 9761 } 9762 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9763 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 9764 // wrote something like: 9765 // template <> friend void foo(int); 9766 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 9767 // friend void foo<>(int); 9768 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 9769 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9770 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9771 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9772 } 9773 9774 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 9775 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 9776 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 9777 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 9778 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 9779 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 9780 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 9781 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 9782 9783 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 9784 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 9785 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 9786 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 9787 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 9788 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 9789 TemplateSpecializationType::anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( 9790 TemplateArgs.arguments()))) { 9791 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 9792 "friend function specialization without template args"); 9793 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 9794 Previous)) 9795 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9796 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9797 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 9798 && !isFriend) { 9799 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 9800 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9801 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 9802 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 9803 Previous)) 9804 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9805 9806 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 9807 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 9808 // specialization (14.7.3) 9809 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 9810 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 9811 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 9812 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 9813 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9814 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 9815 << SC 9816 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9817 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9818 9819 else 9820 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9821 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 9822 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9823 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9824 } 9825 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9826 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 9827 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9828 } 9829 9830 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9831 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9832 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9833 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9834 9835 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9836 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9837 9838 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9839 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9840 isMemberSpecialization)); 9841 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9842 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9843 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9844 } 9845 9846 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9847 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9848 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9849 9850 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 9851 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 9852 : NewFD); 9853 9854 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 9855 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 9856 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9857 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 9858 9859 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 9860 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 9861 } 9862 9863 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 9864 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 9865 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 9866 9867 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 9868 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 9869 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9870 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 9871 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 9872 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 9873 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 9874 : nullptr, 9875 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 9876 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 9877 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 9878 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9879 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9880 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9881 DC->isDependentContext()) 9882 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9883 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9884 } 9885 9886 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9887 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9888 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9889 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9890 AddToScope }; 9891 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9892 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9893 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9894 9895 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9896 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9897 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9898 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9899 9900 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9901 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9902 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9903 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9904 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9905 // can actually do this check immediately. 9906 // 9907 // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified 9908 // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now; 9909 // nothing will diagnose that error later. 9910 if (isFriend && 9911 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9912 (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) { 9913 // ignore these 9914 } else if (NewFD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || 9915 NewFD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) { 9916 // ignore this, we allow the redeclaration behavior here to create new 9917 // versions of the function. 9918 } else { 9919 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9920 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9921 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9922 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9923 // 9924 // class X { 9925 // void f() const; 9926 // }; 9927 // 9928 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9929 // 9930 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9931 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9932 // whether the parameter types are references). 9933 9934 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9935 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9936 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9937 return Result; 9938 } 9939 } 9940 9941 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9942 // to something. 9943 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9944 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9945 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9946 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9947 return Result; 9948 } 9949 } 9950 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9951 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9952 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9953 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9954 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9955 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9956 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9957 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9958 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9959 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9960 // generate them. 9961 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9962 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9963 } 9964 } 9965 9966 // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add 9967 // attributes as appropriate. 9968 if (!D.isRedeclaration() && 9969 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 9970 if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) { 9971 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) { 9972 if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) { 9973 // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as 9974 // matching regardless of its declared type. 9975 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) { 9976 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID)); 9977 } else { 9978 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9979 LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID); 9980 QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9981 9982 if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() && 9983 Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec( 9984 NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType)) 9985 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID)); 9986 } 9987 } else if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo && 9988 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 9989 // FIXME: We should consider this a builtin only in the std namespace. 9990 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID)); 9991 } 9992 } 9993 } 9994 } 9995 9996 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9997 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9998 9999 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 10000 10001 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 10002 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 10003 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10004 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 10005 << NewFD; 10006 10007 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 10008 const auto *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10009 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 10010 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 10011 EPI.Variadic = true; 10012 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 10013 10014 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 10015 NewFD->setType(R); 10016 } 10017 10018 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10019 // member, set the visibility of this function. 10020 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 10021 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 10022 10023 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 10024 // marking the function. 10025 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 10026 10027 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 10028 // a pragma. 10029 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 10030 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 10031 10032 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 10033 // the map of such variables. 10034 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 10035 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 10036 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 10037 10038 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 10039 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 10040 10041 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 10042 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10043 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 10044 isMemberSpecialization || 10045 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 10046 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 10047 } 10048 10049 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 10050 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 10051 if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) && 10052 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 10053 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 10054 if (!R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 10055 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return) 10056 << getCudaConfigureFuncName(); 10057 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 10058 } 10059 10060 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 10061 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 10062 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 10063 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 10064 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 10065 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 10066 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 10067 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 10068 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 10069 } 10070 } 10071 10072 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 10073 10074 10075 10076 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 10077 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 10078 if (SC == SC_Static) { 10079 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 10080 D.setInvalidType(); 10081 } 10082 10083 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 10084 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 10085 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10086 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 10087 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 10088 : FixItHint()); 10089 D.setInvalidType(); 10090 } 10091 10092 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 10093 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 10094 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 10095 10096 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 10097 if (DC->isRecord()) { 10098 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel); 10099 D.setInvalidType(); 10100 } 10101 if (FunctionTemplate) { 10102 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel); 10103 D.setInvalidType(); 10104 } 10105 } 10106 } 10107 10108 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10109 if (FunctionTemplate) { 10110 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10111 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 10112 return FunctionTemplate; 10113 } 10114 10115 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10116 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 10117 } 10118 10119 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 10120 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 10121 10122 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 10123 // types. 10124 if (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 200) { 10125 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 10126 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 10127 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 10128 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 10129 D.setInvalidType(); 10130 } 10131 } 10132 } 10133 } 10134 10135 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 10136 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 10137 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 10138 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 10139 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 10140 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 10141 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 10142 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 10143 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 10144 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 10145 AddToScope = false; 10146 } 10147 10148 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 10149 // that are run during load/unload. 10150 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 10151 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 10152 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 10153 << 1; 10154 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 10155 } 10156 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 10157 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 10158 << 2; 10159 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 10160 } 10161 } 10162 10163 // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a 10164 // definition. 10165 // FIXME: We should really be doing this in 10166 // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to 10167 // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code 10168 // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false` 10169 // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet. 10170 if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>()) 10171 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 10172 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted: 10173 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted: 10174 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), 10175 diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function) 10176 << NBA->getSpelling(); 10177 break; 10178 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration: 10179 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition) 10180 << NBA->getSpelling(); 10181 break; 10182 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition: 10183 break; 10184 } 10185 10186 return NewFD; 10187 } 10188 10189 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say 10190 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of 10191 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special 10192 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." 10193 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler 10194 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. 10195 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer 10196 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: 10197 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer 10198 /// available since MS has removed the page. 10199 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10200 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 10201 if (!Method) 10202 return nullptr; 10203 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); 10204 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 10205 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 10206 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 10207 return NewAttr; 10208 } 10209 10210 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg 10211 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. 10212 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 10213 return nullptr; 10214 10215 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { 10216 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 10217 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 10218 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 10219 return NewAttr; 10220 } 10221 } 10222 return nullptr; 10223 } 10224 10225 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a 10226 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the 10227 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack 10228 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). 10229 /// 10230 /// \param FD Function being declared. 10231 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. 10232 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or 10233 /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. 10234 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10235 bool IsDefinition) { 10236 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) 10237 return A; 10238 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && 10239 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 10240 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10241 getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 10242 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 10243 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate); 10244 return nullptr; 10245 } 10246 10247 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a 10248 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a 10249 /// best-effort check. 10250 /// 10251 /// \param NewD The new declaration. 10252 /// \param OldD The old declaration. 10253 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. 10254 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. 10255 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, 10256 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { 10257 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 10258 return true; 10259 10260 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't 10261 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: 10262 // 10263 // int f(); 10264 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } 10265 // 10266 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). 10267 if (NewT->isDependentType() && 10268 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) 10269 return false; 10270 10271 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern 10272 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. 10273 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) 10274 return false; 10275 10276 return true; 10277 } 10278 10279 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 10280 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 10281 /// 10282 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 10283 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 10284 /// same declaration name. 10285 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 10286 /// belongs to. 10287 /// 10288 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 10289 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 10290 return true; 10291 10292 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to 10293 // permit cases like 10294 // 10295 // void func(); 10296 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; 10297 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; 10298 // 10299 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. 10300 // 10301 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy 10302 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply 10303 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in 10304 // the way of access checks. 10305 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10306 return false; 10307 10308 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 10309 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); 10310 return !VD || !PrevVD || 10311 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), 10312 PrevVD->getType()); 10313 } 10314 10315 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 10316 /// validity. 10317 /// 10318 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10319 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10320 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10321 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 10322 ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 10323 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 10324 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 10325 10326 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 10327 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 10328 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 10329 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 10330 return true; 10331 } 10332 10333 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 10334 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 10335 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 10336 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 10337 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 10338 return true; 10339 } 10340 10341 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 10342 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 10343 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 10344 << Feature << BareFeat; 10345 return true; 10346 } 10347 } 10348 return false; 10349 } 10350 10351 // Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with 10352 // multiversion functions. 10353 static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind, 10354 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 10355 // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in 10356 // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame. 10357 switch (Kind) { 10358 default: 10359 return false; 10360 case attr::Used: 10361 return MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target; 10362 case attr::NonNull: 10363 case attr::NoThrow: 10364 return true; 10365 } 10366 } 10367 10368 static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S, 10369 const FunctionDecl *FD, 10370 const FunctionDecl *CausedFD, 10371 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 10372 const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, MVType](Sema &S, const Attr *A) { 10373 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr) 10374 << static_cast<unsigned>(MVType) << A; 10375 if (CausedFD) 10376 S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10377 return true; 10378 }; 10379 10380 for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) { 10381 switch (A->getKind()) { 10382 case attr::CPUDispatch: 10383 case attr::CPUSpecific: 10384 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 10385 MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) 10386 return Diagnose(S, A); 10387 break; 10388 case attr::Target: 10389 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) 10390 return Diagnose(S, A); 10391 break; 10392 case attr::TargetClones: 10393 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::TargetClones) 10394 return Diagnose(S, A); 10395 break; 10396 default: 10397 if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVType)) 10398 return Diagnose(S, A); 10399 break; 10400 } 10401 } 10402 return false; 10403 } 10404 10405 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 10406 const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10407 const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, 10408 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, 10409 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, 10410 const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, 10411 bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) { 10412 enum DoesntSupport { 10413 FuncTemplates = 0, 10414 VirtFuncs = 1, 10415 DeducedReturn = 2, 10416 Constructors = 3, 10417 Destructors = 4, 10418 DeletedFuncs = 5, 10419 DefaultedFuncs = 6, 10420 ConstexprFuncs = 7, 10421 ConstevalFuncs = 8, 10422 Lambda = 9, 10423 }; 10424 enum Different { 10425 CallingConv = 0, 10426 ReturnType = 1, 10427 ConstexprSpec = 2, 10428 InlineSpec = 3, 10429 Linkage = 4, 10430 LanguageLinkage = 5, 10431 }; 10432 10433 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD && 10434 !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 10435 Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 10436 Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second); 10437 return true; 10438 } 10439 10440 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && 10441 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10442 return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 10443 10444 if (!TemplatesSupported && 10445 NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 10446 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10447 << FuncTemplates; 10448 10449 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10450 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 10451 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10452 << VirtFuncs; 10453 10454 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 10455 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10456 << Constructors; 10457 10458 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 10459 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10460 << Destructors; 10461 } 10462 10463 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 10464 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10465 << DeletedFuncs; 10466 10467 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 10468 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10469 << DefaultedFuncs; 10470 10471 if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr()) 10472 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10473 << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs); 10474 10475 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 10476 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 10477 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 10478 10479 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 10480 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10481 << DeducedReturn; 10482 10483 // Ensure the return type is identical. 10484 if (OldFD) { 10485 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 10486 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 10487 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 10488 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 10489 10490 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 10491 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv; 10492 10493 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 10494 10495 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 10496 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType; 10497 10498 if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind()) 10499 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec; 10500 10501 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 10502 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec; 10503 10504 if (OldFD->getFormalLinkage() != NewFD->getFormalLinkage()) 10505 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage; 10506 10507 if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 10508 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << LanguageLinkage; 10509 10510 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 10511 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 10512 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 10513 return true; 10514 } 10515 return false; 10516 } 10517 10518 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 10519 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10520 bool CausesMV, 10521 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 10522 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 10523 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 10524 if (OldFD) 10525 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10526 return true; 10527 } 10528 10529 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 10530 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 10531 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; 10532 10533 if (CausesMV && OldFD && 10534 checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType)) 10535 return true; 10536 10537 if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVType)) 10538 return true; 10539 10540 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 10541 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 10542 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 10543 10544 return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 10545 OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto), 10546 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10547 S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)), 10548 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10549 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 10550 << static_cast<unsigned>(MVType)), 10551 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10552 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)), 10553 /*TemplatesSupported=*/false, 10554 /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType, 10555 /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false); 10556 } 10557 10558 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the 10559 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 10560 /// 10561 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10562 /// 10563 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10564 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, 10565 MultiVersionKind MVType, 10566 const TargetAttr *TA) { 10567 assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None && 10568 "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); 10569 10570 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal 10571 // function. 10572 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) 10573 return false; 10574 10575 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { 10576 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10577 return true; 10578 } 10579 10580 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { 10581 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10582 return true; 10583 } 10584 10585 FD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10586 return false; 10587 } 10588 10589 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10590 for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) { 10591 if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None) 10592 return true; 10593 } 10594 10595 return false; 10596 } 10597 10598 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( 10599 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10600 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10601 LookupResult &Previous) { 10602 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10603 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10604 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 10605 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10606 10607 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 10608 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 10609 if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() && 10610 (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr())) 10611 return false; 10612 10613 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 10614 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 10615 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 10616 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10617 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10618 return true; 10619 } 10620 10621 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, 10622 MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 10623 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10624 return true; 10625 } 10626 10627 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10628 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10629 return true; 10630 } 10631 10632 // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration. 10633 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { 10634 Redeclaration = true; 10635 OldDecl = OldFD; 10636 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10637 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10638 return false; 10639 } 10640 10641 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 10642 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10643 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10644 return true; 10645 } 10646 10647 ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10648 10649 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 10650 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10651 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10652 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10653 return true; 10654 } 10655 10656 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 10657 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10658 // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but 10659 // nothing after the fact. 10660 if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) && 10661 (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) { 10662 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10663 << 0; 10664 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10665 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10666 return true; 10667 } 10668 } 10669 10670 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10671 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10672 Redeclaration = false; 10673 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10674 OldDecl = nullptr; 10675 Previous.clear(); 10676 return false; 10677 } 10678 10679 static bool MultiVersionTypesCompatible(MultiVersionKind Old, 10680 MultiVersionKind New) { 10681 if (Old == New || Old == MultiVersionKind::None || 10682 New == MultiVersionKind::None) 10683 return true; 10684 10685 return (Old == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 10686 New == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) || 10687 (Old == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && 10688 New == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch); 10689 } 10690 10691 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing 10692 /// multiversioned declaration collection. 10693 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10694 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10695 MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10696 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, 10697 const TargetClonesAttr *NewClones, bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 10698 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, LookupResult &Previous) { 10699 10700 MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10701 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. 10702 if (!MultiVersionTypesCompatible(OldMVType, NewMVType)) { 10703 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 10704 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10705 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10706 return true; 10707 } 10708 10709 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; 10710 if (NewTA) { 10711 NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10712 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10713 } 10714 10715 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 10716 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 10717 10718 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 10719 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 10720 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 10721 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 10722 if (!CurFD) 10723 continue; 10724 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 10725 continue; 10726 10727 switch (NewMVType) { 10728 case MultiVersionKind::None: 10729 assert(OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::TargetClones && 10730 "Only target_clones can be omitted in subsequent declarations"); 10731 break; 10732 case MultiVersionKind::Target: { 10733 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10734 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 10735 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10736 Redeclaration = true; 10737 OldDecl = ND; 10738 return false; 10739 } 10740 10741 ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10742 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 10743 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10744 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10745 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10746 return true; 10747 } 10748 break; 10749 } 10750 case MultiVersionKind::TargetClones: { 10751 const auto *CurClones = CurFD->getAttr<TargetClonesAttr>(); 10752 Redeclaration = true; 10753 OldDecl = CurFD; 10754 MergeTypeWithPrevious = true; 10755 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10756 10757 if (CurClones && NewClones && 10758 (CurClones->featuresStrs_size() != NewClones->featuresStrs_size() || 10759 !std::equal(CurClones->featuresStrs_begin(), 10760 CurClones->featuresStrs_end(), 10761 NewClones->featuresStrs_begin()))) { 10762 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_target_clone_doesnt_match); 10763 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10764 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10765 return true; 10766 } 10767 10768 return false; 10769 } 10770 case MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific: 10771 case MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch: { 10772 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10773 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10774 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. 10775 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through 10776 // the redeclaration errors. 10777 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 10778 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { 10779 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && 10780 std::equal( 10781 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), 10782 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), 10783 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10784 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10785 })) { 10786 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10787 Redeclaration = true; 10788 OldDecl = ND; 10789 return false; 10790 } 10791 10792 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. 10793 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); 10794 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10795 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10796 return true; 10797 } 10798 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { 10799 10800 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && 10801 std::equal( 10802 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), 10803 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), 10804 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10805 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10806 })) { 10807 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10808 Redeclaration = true; 10809 OldDecl = ND; 10810 return false; 10811 } 10812 10813 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. 10814 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10815 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10816 if (CurII == NewII) { 10817 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) 10818 << NewII; 10819 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10820 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10821 return true; 10822 } 10823 } 10824 } 10825 } 10826 break; 10827 } 10828 } 10829 } 10830 10831 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only 10832 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are 10833 // handled in the attribute adding step. 10834 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10835 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10836 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10837 return true; 10838 } 10839 10840 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, 10841 !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) { 10842 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10843 return true; 10844 } 10845 10846 // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible. 10847 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 10848 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10849 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10850 Redeclaration = true; 10851 OldDecl = OldFD; 10852 return false; 10853 } 10854 10855 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10856 Redeclaration = false; 10857 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10858 OldDecl = nullptr; 10859 Previous.clear(); 10860 return false; 10861 } 10862 10863 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 10864 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 10865 /// 10866 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10867 /// 10868 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10869 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10870 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 10871 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10872 LookupResult &Previous) { 10873 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10874 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10875 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10876 const auto *NewClones = NewFD->getAttr<TargetClonesAttr>(); 10877 MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10878 10879 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS 10880 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. 10881 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 10882 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::None && 10883 !(MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !NewTA->isDefaultVersion())) { 10884 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 10885 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10886 return true; 10887 } 10888 return false; 10889 } 10890 10891 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || 10892 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 10893 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { 10894 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause 10895 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. 10896 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10897 return false; 10898 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA); 10899 } 10900 10901 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 10902 10903 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10904 return false; 10905 10906 // Multiversioned redeclarations aren't allowed to omit the attribute, except 10907 // for target_clones. 10908 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None && 10909 OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::TargetClones) { 10910 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10911 << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target); 10912 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10913 return true; 10914 } 10915 10916 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 10917 switch (MVType) { 10918 case MultiVersionKind::Target: 10919 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 10920 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10921 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10922 case MultiVersionKind::TargetClones: 10923 if (OldFD->isUsed(false)) { 10924 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10925 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 10926 } 10927 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10928 break; 10929 case MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch: 10930 case MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific: 10931 case MultiVersionKind::None: 10932 break; 10933 } 10934 } 10935 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. 10936 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) 10937 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 10938 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10939 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10940 10941 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an 10942 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are 10943 // still compatible with previous declarations. 10944 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10945 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, NewClones, 10946 Redeclaration, OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10947 } 10948 10949 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 10950 /// 10951 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 10952 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 10953 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 10954 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 10955 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 10956 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 10957 /// via InstantiateDecl). 10958 /// 10959 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 10960 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 10961 /// previous declaration). 10962 /// 10963 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10964 /// 10965 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 10966 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10967 LookupResult &Previous, 10968 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 10969 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 10970 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 10971 10972 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 10973 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 10974 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 10975 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10976 !Previous.isShadowed(); 10977 10978 bool Redeclaration = false; 10979 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 10980 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 10981 10982 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 10983 // the same name, if appropriate. 10984 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10985 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 10986 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 10987 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 10988 // function to the scope. 10989 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 10990 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10991 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 10992 Redeclaration = true; 10993 OldDecl = Candidate; 10994 } 10995 } else { 10996 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10997 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 10998 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 10999 case Ovl_Match: 11000 Redeclaration = true; 11001 break; 11002 11003 case Ovl_NonFunction: 11004 Redeclaration = true; 11005 break; 11006 11007 case Ovl_Overload: 11008 Redeclaration = false; 11009 break; 11010 } 11011 } 11012 } 11013 11014 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 11015 if (!Redeclaration && 11016 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 11017 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11018 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 11019 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 11020 Redeclaration = true; 11021 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11022 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 11023 11024 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 11025 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 11026 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 11027 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 11028 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 11029 Redeclaration = false; 11030 OldDecl = nullptr; 11031 } 11032 } 11033 } 11034 } 11035 11036 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 11037 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 11038 return Redeclaration; 11039 11040 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function return types. 11041 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 11042 CheckPPCMMAType(NewFD->getReturnType(), NewFD->getLocation())) { 11043 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11044 } 11045 11046 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 11047 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 11048 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 11049 // 11050 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 11051 // definition of a static member function. 11052 // 11053 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 11054 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 11055 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 11056 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 11057 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 11058 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) { 11059 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 11060 if (OldDecl) 11061 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 11062 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 11063 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 11064 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11065 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 11066 EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); 11067 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 11068 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 11069 11070 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 11071 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 11072 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11073 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 11074 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 11075 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 11076 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 11077 11078 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 11079 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 11080 } 11081 } 11082 } 11083 11084 if (Redeclaration) { 11085 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 11086 // merged. 11087 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 11088 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11089 return Redeclaration; 11090 } 11091 11092 Previous.clear(); 11093 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 11094 11095 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 11096 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 11097 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11098 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 11099 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 11100 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 11101 11102 // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in 11103 // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we 11104 // can add it as a redeclaration. 11105 NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl); 11106 11107 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 11108 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 11109 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 11110 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 11111 } 11112 11113 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 11114 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 11115 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 11116 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 11117 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 11118 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 11119 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 11120 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 11121 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 11122 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 11123 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 11124 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 11125 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 11126 } 11127 } 11128 11129 } else { 11130 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 11131 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 11132 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 11133 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 11134 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 11135 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 11136 } 11137 } 11138 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 11139 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 11140 assert((Previous.empty() || 11141 llvm::any_of(Previous, 11142 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 11143 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 11144 })) && 11145 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 11146 11147 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 11148 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 11149 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 11150 }); 11151 11152 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 11153 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 11154 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 11155 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 11156 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 11157 << false; 11158 11159 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 11160 } 11161 } 11162 11163 if (LangOpts.OpenMP) 11164 ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(NewFD); 11165 11166 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 11167 11168 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11169 // C++-specific checks. 11170 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 11171 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 11172 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 11173 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 11174 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 11175 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 11176 11177 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 11178 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 11179 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 11180 DeclarationName Name 11181 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 11182 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 11183 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 11184 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 11185 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11186 return Redeclaration; 11187 } 11188 } 11189 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 11190 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11191 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 11192 11193 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 11194 // explicitly specialized. 11195 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 11196 Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 11197 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 11198 } 11199 11200 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 11201 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 11202 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 11203 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 11204 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 11205 AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method); 11206 } 11207 if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) 11208 // C++2a [class.virtual]p6 11209 // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause. 11210 Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(), 11211 diag::err_constrained_virtual_method); 11212 11213 if (Method->isStatic()) 11214 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 11215 } 11216 11217 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) 11218 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 11219 11220 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 11221 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 11222 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 11223 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11224 return Redeclaration; 11225 } 11226 11227 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 11228 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 11229 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 11230 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11231 return Redeclaration; 11232 } 11233 11234 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 11235 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 11236 // during delayed parsing anyway. 11237 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 11238 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 11239 11240 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 11241 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 11242 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 11243 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 11244 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 11245 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 11246 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 11247 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 11248 << NewFD << R; 11249 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 11250 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11251 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 11252 } 11253 11254 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 11255 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 11256 // [is] part of the function type 11257 // 11258 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 11259 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 11260 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 11261 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 11262 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 11263 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 11264 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 11265 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 11266 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 11267 // restricted prior to C++17. 11268 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 11269 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 11270 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 11271 T = T->getPointeeType(); 11272 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 11273 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 11274 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11275 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 11276 return true; 11277 return false; 11278 }; 11279 11280 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11281 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 11282 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 11283 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 11284 if (AnyNoexcept) 11285 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 11286 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 11287 << NewFD; 11288 } 11289 11290 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 11291 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 11292 } 11293 return Redeclaration; 11294 } 11295 11296 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 11297 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 11298 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 11299 // constexpr is ill-formed. 11300 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 11301 // appear in a declaration of main. 11302 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 11303 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 11304 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 11305 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 11306 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 11307 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 11308 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 11309 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 11310 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 11311 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 11312 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 11313 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 11314 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 11315 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 11316 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 11317 } 11318 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 11319 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 11320 << FD->isConsteval() 11321 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 11322 FD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); 11323 } 11324 11325 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11326 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 11327 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 11328 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11329 return; 11330 } 11331 11332 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11333 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 11334 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 11335 11336 // Set default calling convention for main() 11337 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 11338 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 11339 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 11340 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 11341 } 11342 11343 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11344 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 11345 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 11346 // implicit-return-zero rule. 11347 11348 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 11349 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 11350 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 11351 else { 11352 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 11353 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 11354 if (RTRange.isValid()) 11355 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 11356 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 11357 } 11358 } else { 11359 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 11360 // set the flag which tells us that. 11361 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 11362 11363 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 11364 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 11365 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 11366 else { 11367 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 11368 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 11369 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 11370 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 11371 : FixItHint()); 11372 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 11373 } 11374 } 11375 11376 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 11377 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 11378 11379 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 11380 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 11381 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 11382 11383 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 11384 11385 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 11386 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 11387 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 11388 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 11389 } 11390 11391 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 11392 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 11393 // getting shifty. 11394 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 11395 HasExtraParameters = false; 11396 11397 if (HasExtraParameters) { 11398 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 11399 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 11400 nparams = 3; 11401 } 11402 11403 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 11404 // if we had some location information about types. 11405 11406 QualType CharPP = 11407 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 11408 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 11409 11410 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 11411 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 11412 11413 bool mismatch = true; 11414 11415 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 11416 mismatch = false; 11417 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 11418 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 11419 // char const ** 11420 // char const * const * 11421 // char * const * 11422 11423 QualifierCollector qs; 11424 const PointerType* PT; 11425 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 11426 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 11427 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 11428 Context.CharTy)) { 11429 qs.removeConst(); 11430 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 11431 } 11432 } 11433 11434 if (mismatch) { 11435 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 11436 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 11437 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 11438 } 11439 } 11440 11441 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11442 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 11443 } 11444 11445 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 11446 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 11447 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11448 } 11449 } 11450 11451 static bool isDefaultStdCall(FunctionDecl *FD, Sema &S) { 11452 11453 // Default calling convention for main and wmain is __cdecl 11454 if (FD->getName() == "main" || FD->getName() == "wmain") 11455 return false; 11456 11457 // Default calling convention for MinGW is __cdecl 11458 const llvm::Triple &T = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 11459 if (T.isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 11460 return false; 11461 11462 // Default calling convention for WinMain, wWinMain and DllMain 11463 // is __stdcall on 32 bit Windows 11464 if (T.isOSWindows() && T.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86) 11465 return true; 11466 11467 return false; 11468 } 11469 11470 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11471 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11472 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 11473 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 11474 11475 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 11476 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 11477 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 11478 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 11479 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 11480 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 11481 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 11482 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 11483 11484 // Explicity specified calling conventions are applied to MSVC entry points 11485 if (!hasExplicitCallingConv(T)) { 11486 if (isDefaultStdCall(FD, *this)) { 11487 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_X86StdCall) { 11488 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType( 11489 FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_X86StdCall)); 11490 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 11491 } 11492 } else if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 11493 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, 11494 FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 11495 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 11496 } 11497 } 11498 11499 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 11500 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 11501 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11502 } 11503 } 11504 11505 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 11506 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 11507 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 11508 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 11509 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 11510 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 11511 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 11512 // 11513 // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions, 11514 // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter. 11515 if (Init->isValueDependent()) { 11516 assert(Init->containsErrors() && 11517 "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path."); 11518 return true; 11519 } 11520 const Expr *Culprit; 11521 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 11522 return false; 11523 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 11524 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 11525 return true; 11526 } 11527 11528 namespace { 11529 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 11530 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 11531 class SelfReferenceChecker 11532 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 11533 Sema &S; 11534 Decl *OrigDecl; 11535 bool isRecordType; 11536 bool isPODType; 11537 bool isReferenceType; 11538 11539 bool isInitList; 11540 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 11541 11542 public: 11543 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 11544 11545 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 11546 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 11547 isPODType = false; 11548 isRecordType = false; 11549 isReferenceType = false; 11550 isInitList = false; 11551 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 11552 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 11553 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 11554 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 11555 } 11556 } 11557 11558 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 11559 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 11560 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 11561 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 11562 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 11563 if (!InitList) { 11564 Visit(E); 11565 return; 11566 } 11567 11568 // Track and increment the index here. 11569 isInitList = true; 11570 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 11571 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 11572 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 11573 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 11574 } 11575 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 11576 } 11577 11578 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 11579 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 11580 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 11581 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 11582 Expr *Base = E; 11583 bool ReferenceField = false; 11584 11585 // Get the field members used. 11586 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11587 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 11588 if (!FD) 11589 return false; 11590 Fields.push_back(FD); 11591 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 11592 ReferenceField = true; 11593 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11594 } 11595 11596 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 11597 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 11598 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 11599 return false; 11600 11601 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 11602 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 11603 return true; 11604 11605 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 11606 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 11607 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 11608 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 11609 11610 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 11611 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 11612 // initialized, then the use is safe. 11613 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 11614 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 11615 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 11616 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 11617 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 11618 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 11619 return true; 11620 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 11621 break; 11622 } 11623 11624 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 11625 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11626 return true; 11627 } 11628 11629 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 11630 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 11631 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 11632 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 11633 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 11634 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 11635 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11636 return; 11637 } 11638 11639 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 11640 Visit(CO->getCond()); 11641 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 11642 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 11643 return; 11644 } 11645 11646 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 11647 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 11648 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 11649 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 11650 return; 11651 } 11652 11653 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 11654 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 11655 return; 11656 } 11657 11658 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 11659 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 11660 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 11661 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 11662 return; 11663 } 11664 } 11665 11666 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 11667 if (isInitList) { 11668 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 11669 false /*CheckReference*/)) 11670 return; 11671 } 11672 11673 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11674 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11675 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 11676 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11677 return; 11678 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11679 } 11680 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 11681 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11682 return; 11683 } 11684 11685 Visit(E); 11686 } 11687 11688 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 11689 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 11690 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 11691 if (isReferenceType) 11692 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 11693 } 11694 11695 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 11696 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 11697 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11698 return; 11699 } 11700 11701 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 11702 } 11703 11704 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 11705 if (isInitList) { 11706 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 11707 return; 11708 } 11709 11710 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 11711 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 11712 11713 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 11714 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 11715 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 11716 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 11717 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11718 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11719 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11720 Warn = false; 11721 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11722 } 11723 11724 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 11725 if (Warn) 11726 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11727 return; 11728 } 11729 11730 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 11731 // Visit that expression. 11732 Visit(Base); 11733 } 11734 11735 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 11736 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 11737 11738 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 11739 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 11740 11741 Visit(Callee); 11742 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 11743 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 11744 } 11745 11746 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 11747 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 11748 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 11749 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 11750 if (!isPODType) 11751 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11752 return; 11753 } 11754 11755 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 11756 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11757 return; 11758 } 11759 11760 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 11761 } 11762 11763 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 11764 11765 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 11766 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 11767 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 11768 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11769 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 11770 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 11771 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11772 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 11773 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 11774 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 11775 return; 11776 } 11777 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 11778 } 11779 11780 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 11781 // Treat std::move as a use. 11782 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 11783 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 11784 return; 11785 } 11786 11787 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 11788 } 11789 11790 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 11791 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 11792 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 11793 Visit(E->getRHS()); 11794 return; 11795 } 11796 11797 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 11798 } 11799 11800 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 11801 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 11802 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 11803 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 11804 Visit(E->getCond()); 11805 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 11806 } 11807 11808 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 11809 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 11810 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 11811 unsigned diag; 11812 if (isReferenceType) { 11813 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 11814 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 11815 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 11816 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11817 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11818 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 11819 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 11820 } else { 11821 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 11822 return; 11823 } 11824 11825 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE, 11826 S.PDiag(diag) 11827 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 11828 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 11829 } 11830 }; 11831 11832 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 11833 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 11834 bool DirectInit) { 11835 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 11836 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 11837 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 11838 return; 11839 11840 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 11841 11842 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 11843 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 11844 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 11845 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 11846 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 11847 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 11848 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 11849 return; 11850 11851 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 11852 } 11853 } // end anonymous namespace 11854 11855 namespace { 11856 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 11857 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 11858 struct VarDeclOrName { 11859 VarDecl *VDecl; 11860 DeclarationName Name; 11861 11862 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 11863 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 11864 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 11865 } 11866 }; 11867 } // end anonymous namespace 11868 11869 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 11870 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 11871 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 11872 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 11873 Expr *Init) { 11874 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 11875 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 11876 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 11877 11878 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 11879 11880 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 11881 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 11882 11883 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 11884 if (!Init) { 11885 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 11886 11887 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 11888 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 11889 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 11890 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 11891 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11892 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 11893 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 11894 return QualType(); 11895 } 11896 } 11897 11898 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 11899 if (Init) 11900 DeduceInits = Init; 11901 11902 if (DirectInit) { 11903 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 11904 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 11905 } 11906 11907 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 11908 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 11909 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11910 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11911 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11912 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 11913 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 11914 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 11915 InitsCopy); 11916 } 11917 11918 if (DirectInit) { 11919 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11920 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 11921 } 11922 11923 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 11924 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 11925 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 11926 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 11927 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11928 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 11929 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 11930 << VN << Type << Range; 11931 return QualType(); 11932 } 11933 11934 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 11935 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(), 11936 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 11937 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 11938 << VN << Type << Range; 11939 return QualType(); 11940 } 11941 11942 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 11943 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 11944 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11945 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 11946 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 11947 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 11948 return QualType(); 11949 } 11950 11951 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 11952 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 11953 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 11954 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 11955 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11956 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11957 return QualType(); 11958 } 11959 Init = Result.get(); 11960 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 11961 } 11962 11963 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 11964 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 11965 // is present, e has type cv A 11966 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 11967 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 11968 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 11969 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 11970 Type.getQualifiers()); 11971 11972 QualType DeducedType; 11973 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 11974 if (!IsInitCapture) 11975 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 11976 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11977 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 11978 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 11979 << VN 11980 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11981 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11982 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11983 else 11984 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 11985 << VN << TSI->getType() 11986 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11987 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11988 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11989 } 11990 11991 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 11992 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 11993 // checks. 11994 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 11995 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 11996 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 11997 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 11998 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11999 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 12000 } 12001 12002 return DeducedType; 12003 } 12004 12005 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 12006 Expr *Init) { 12007 assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors()); 12008 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 12009 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 12010 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 12011 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 12012 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12013 return true; 12014 } 12015 12016 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 12017 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 12018 12019 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 12020 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 12021 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12022 12023 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 12024 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl); 12025 12026 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 12027 // the previously declared type. 12028 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 12029 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 12030 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 12031 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 12032 } 12033 12034 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 12035 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 12036 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 12037 } 12038 12039 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, 12040 SourceLocation Loc) { 12041 if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 12042 Init = EWC->getSubExpr(); 12043 12044 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init)) 12045 Init = CE->getSubExpr(); 12046 12047 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 12048 assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 12049 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 12050 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct"); 12051 if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 12052 for (auto I : ILE->inits()) { 12053 if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() && 12054 !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 12055 continue; 12056 SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc(); 12057 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc); 12058 } 12059 return; 12060 } 12061 12062 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) { 12063 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 12064 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, 12065 NTCUK_Init); 12066 } else { 12067 // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing 12068 // object. 12069 // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee 12070 // copy-elision. 12071 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 12072 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy); 12073 } 12074 } 12075 12076 namespace { 12077 12078 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) { 12079 // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly 12080 // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union 12081 // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership 12082 // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining 12083 // whether the containing union is non-trivial. 12084 return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>(); 12085 } 12086 12087 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor 12088 : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 12089 void> { 12090 using Super = 12091 DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 12092 void>; 12093 12094 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor( 12095 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 12096 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 12097 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 12098 12099 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT, 12100 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12101 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 12102 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 12103 InNonTrivialUnion); 12104 return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12105 } 12106 12107 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 12108 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12109 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12110 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12111 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 12112 } 12113 12114 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12115 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12116 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12117 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 12118 } 12119 12120 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12121 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 12122 if (RD->isUnion()) { 12123 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 12124 bool IsUnion = false; 12125 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 12126 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 12127 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 12128 << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 12129 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 12130 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 12131 } 12132 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 12133 } 12134 12135 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12136 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12137 << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 12138 12139 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 12140 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 12141 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12142 } 12143 12144 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12145 12146 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 12147 // non-trivial C union. 12148 QualType OrigTy; 12149 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 12150 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 12151 Sema &S; 12152 }; 12153 12154 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor 12155 : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> { 12156 using Super = 12157 DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>; 12158 12159 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor( 12160 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 12161 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 12162 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 12163 12164 void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT, 12165 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12166 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 12167 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 12168 InNonTrivialUnion); 12169 return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12170 } 12171 12172 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 12173 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12174 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12175 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12176 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 12177 } 12178 12179 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12180 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12181 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12182 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 12183 } 12184 12185 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12186 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 12187 if (RD->isUnion()) { 12188 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 12189 bool IsUnion = false; 12190 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 12191 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 12192 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 12193 << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 12194 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 12195 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 12196 } 12197 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 12198 } 12199 12200 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12201 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12202 << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 12203 12204 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 12205 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 12206 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12207 } 12208 12209 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12210 void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 12211 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12212 12213 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 12214 // non-trivial C union. 12215 QualType OrigTy; 12216 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 12217 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 12218 Sema &S; 12219 }; 12220 12221 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor 12222 : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> { 12223 using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>; 12224 12225 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 12226 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 12227 Sema &S) 12228 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 12229 12230 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 12231 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12232 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 12233 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 12234 InNonTrivialUnion); 12235 return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12236 } 12237 12238 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 12239 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12240 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12241 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12242 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 12243 } 12244 12245 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12246 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12247 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12248 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 12249 } 12250 12251 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 12252 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 12253 if (RD->isUnion()) { 12254 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 12255 bool IsUnion = false; 12256 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 12257 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 12258 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 12259 << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 12260 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 12261 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 12262 } 12263 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 12264 } 12265 12266 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 12267 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 12268 << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 12269 12270 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 12271 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 12272 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 12273 } 12274 12275 void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 12276 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12277 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12278 void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 12279 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 12280 12281 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 12282 // non-trivial C union. 12283 QualType OrigTy; 12284 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 12285 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 12286 Sema &S; 12287 }; 12288 12289 } // namespace 12290 12291 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, 12292 NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 12293 unsigned NonTrivialKind) { 12294 assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 12295 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 12296 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 12297 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union"); 12298 12299 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) && 12300 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 12301 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 12302 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 12303 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) && 12304 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) 12305 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 12306 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 12307 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 12308 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 12309 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 12310 } 12311 12312 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 12313 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 12314 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 12315 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 12316 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 12317 // the initializer. 12318 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12319 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 12320 return; 12321 } 12322 12323 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12324 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 12325 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 12326 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 12327 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 12328 return; 12329 } 12330 12331 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 12332 if (!VDecl) { 12333 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 12334 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 12335 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12336 return; 12337 } 12338 12339 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 12340 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12341 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 12342 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 12343 // TypoExpr. 12344 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 12345 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 12346 // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them. 12347 // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init. 12348 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12349 return; 12350 } 12351 if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) { 12352 // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet. 12353 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12354 VDecl->setInit(Res.get()); 12355 return; 12356 } 12357 Init = Res.get(); 12358 12359 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 12360 return; 12361 } 12362 12363 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 12364 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 12365 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 12366 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12367 return; 12368 } 12369 12370 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 12371 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 12372 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 12373 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12374 return; 12375 } 12376 12377 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 12378 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 12379 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 12380 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 12381 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 12382 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 12383 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 12384 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 12385 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12386 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12387 return; 12388 } 12389 12390 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 12391 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 12392 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12393 AbstractVariableType)) 12394 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12395 } 12396 12397 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 12398 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 12399 // handle the situation. 12400 if (VarDecl *Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) 12401 if (Def != VDecl && 12402 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 12403 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 12404 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 12405 return; 12406 12407 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12408 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 12409 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 12410 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 12411 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 12412 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 12413 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 12414 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 12415 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 12416 // 12417 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 12418 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 12419 // declaration with an initializer. 12420 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 12421 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 12422 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 12423 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 12424 diag::note_previous_initializer) 12425 << 0; 12426 return; 12427 } 12428 12429 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 12430 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12431 12432 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 12433 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12434 return; 12435 } 12436 } 12437 12438 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 12439 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 12440 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 12441 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 12442 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12443 return; 12444 } 12445 12446 // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef). 12447 if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) { 12448 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init); 12449 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12450 return; 12451 } 12452 12453 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 12454 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 12455 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 12456 12457 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 12458 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 12459 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 12460 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 12461 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 12462 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 12463 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12464 return; 12465 } 12466 Init = Result.get(); 12467 } 12468 12469 // Perform the initialization. 12470 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 12471 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12472 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 12473 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 12474 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 12475 12476 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 12477 if (CXXDirectInit) 12478 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 12479 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 12480 12481 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 12482 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 12483 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 12484 Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true, 12485 [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 12486 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 12487 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 12488 }); 12489 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 12490 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12491 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 12492 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 12493 } 12494 } 12495 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12496 return; 12497 12498 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 12499 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 12500 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 12501 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 12502 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 12503 // If the provided initializer fails to initialize the var decl, 12504 // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery. 12505 auto RecoveryExpr = 12506 CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args); 12507 if (RecoveryExpr.get()) 12508 VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get()); 12509 return; 12510 } 12511 12512 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 12513 } 12514 12515 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 12516 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 12517 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 12518 // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C. 12519 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12520 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 12521 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) 12522 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 12523 12524 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 12525 // completed by the initializer. For example: 12526 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 12527 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 12528 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 12529 VDecl->setType(DclT); 12530 12531 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12532 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 12533 12534 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 12535 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 12536 12537 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 12538 // Although this code can still have problems: 12539 // id x = self.weakProp; 12540 // id y = self.weakProp; 12541 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 12542 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 12543 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 12544 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 12545 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 12546 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 12547 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 12548 Init->getBeginLoc())) 12549 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 12550 } 12551 12552 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 12553 // 12554 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 12555 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 12556 // full-expression. For instance, in: 12557 // 12558 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 12559 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 12560 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 12561 // 12562 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 12563 ExprResult Result = 12564 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 12565 /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr()); 12566 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 12567 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12568 return; 12569 } 12570 Init = Result.get(); 12571 12572 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 12573 VDecl->setInit(Init); 12574 12575 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 12576 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 12577 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12578 // do nothing 12579 12580 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 12581 // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL. 12582 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 12583 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12584 12585 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 12586 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12587 // do nothing 12588 12589 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 12590 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 12591 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 12592 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12593 12594 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 12595 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 12596 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 12597 // constant expressions. 12598 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 12599 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 12600 const Expr *Culprit; 12601 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 12602 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 12603 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 12604 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 12605 } 12606 } 12607 12608 if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 12609 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) 12610 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 12611 BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); 12612 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 12613 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 12614 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 12615 // 12616 // struct S { 12617 // static const int value = 17; 12618 // }; 12619 12620 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 12621 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 12622 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 12623 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 12624 // 12625 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 12626 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 12627 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 12628 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 12629 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 12630 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 12631 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 12632 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 12633 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 12634 12635 // Do nothing on dependent types. 12636 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 12637 12638 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 12639 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 12640 // type. 12641 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 12642 12643 // Require constness. 12644 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 12645 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 12646 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12647 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12648 12649 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 12650 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12651 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 12652 SourceLocation Loc; 12653 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 12654 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 12655 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 12656 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 12657 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 12658 ; // Nothing to check. 12659 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 12660 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 12661 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && 12662 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) 12663 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. 12664 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 12665 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 12666 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 12667 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12668 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12669 } else { 12670 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 12671 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 12672 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12673 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12674 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12675 } 12676 12677 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 12678 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 12679 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 12680 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 12681 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12682 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 12683 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 12684 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12685 Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), 12686 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 12687 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12688 } else { 12689 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 12690 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12691 12692 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 12693 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12694 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12695 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12696 } 12697 } 12698 12699 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 12700 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 12701 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 12702 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 12703 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12704 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 12705 12706 } else { 12707 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 12708 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12709 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12710 } 12711 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 12712 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 12713 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 12714 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 12715 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 12716 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 12717 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 12718 // C++ rules. 12719 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 12720 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 12721 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 12722 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 12723 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 12724 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 12725 12726 // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has 12727 // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with 12728 // __declspec(dllexport). 12729 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 12730 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() && 12731 VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition()) 12732 VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern); 12733 12734 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 12735 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12736 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12737 } 12738 12739 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 12740 if (!InitType.isNull() && 12741 (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 12742 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) 12743 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc()); 12744 12745 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 12746 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 12747 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 12748 // 12749 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 12750 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 12751 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 12752 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 12753 // special case code. 12754 12755 // C++ 8.5p11: 12756 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 12757 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 12758 // class type. 12759 if (CXXDirectInit) { 12760 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 12761 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12762 } else if (DirectInit) { 12763 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 12764 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 12765 } 12766 12767 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && 12768 (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice || !LangOpts.OMPTargetTriples.empty()) && 12769 VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) 12770 DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(VDecl); 12771 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 12772 } 12773 12774 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 12775 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to at least re-establish 12776 /// invariants such as whether a variable's type is either dependent or 12777 /// complete. 12778 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 12779 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 12780 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 12781 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 12782 12783 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12784 if (!VD) return; 12785 12786 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12787 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 12788 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 12789 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 12790 12791 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12792 if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12793 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12794 return; 12795 } 12796 12797 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 12798 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 12799 12800 // Require a complete type. 12801 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 12802 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 12803 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12804 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12805 return; 12806 } 12807 12808 // Require a non-abstract type. 12809 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 12810 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12811 AbstractVariableType)) { 12812 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12813 return; 12814 } 12815 12816 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 12817 // though. 12818 } 12819 12820 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 12821 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 12822 if (!RealDecl) 12823 return; 12824 12825 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12826 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 12827 12828 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 12829 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12830 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 12831 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12832 return; 12833 } 12834 12835 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 12836 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 12837 return; 12838 12839 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 12840 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 12841 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 12842 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 12843 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 12844 // member. 12845 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12846 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 12847 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 12848 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 12849 // a definition there. 12850 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && 12851 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12852 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12853 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 12854 << Var; 12855 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12856 return; 12857 } 12858 } else { 12859 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 12860 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12861 return; 12862 } 12863 } 12864 12865 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 12866 // be initialized. 12867 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12868 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 12869 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 12870 bool HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = false; 12871 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 12872 for (auto *Ctor : RD->ctors()) { 12873 if (Ctor->isConstexpr() && Ctor->getNumParams() == 0 && 12874 Ctor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace() == 12875 LangAS::opencl_constant) { 12876 HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = true; 12877 } 12878 } 12879 } 12880 if (!HasConstExprDefaultConstructor) { 12881 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 12882 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12883 return; 12884 } 12885 } 12886 12887 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) { 12888 if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) { 12889 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl) 12890 << Var; 12891 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12892 return; 12893 } 12894 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(), 12895 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12896 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12897 return; 12898 } 12899 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 12900 if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) { 12901 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor); 12902 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12903 return; 12904 } 12905 } 12906 // The declaration is unitialized, no need for further checks. 12907 return; 12908 } 12909 12910 VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 12911 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && 12912 Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 12913 checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(), 12914 NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init); 12915 12916 12917 switch (DefKind) { 12918 case VarDecl::Definition: 12919 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 12920 break; 12921 12922 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 12923 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 12924 // a declaration. 12925 // 12926 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 12927 12928 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 12929 // It's only a declaration. 12930 12931 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 12932 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 12933 // object shall be complete. 12934 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 12935 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12936 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12937 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 12938 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12939 12940 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 12941 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12942 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12943 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12944 AbstractVariableType)) 12945 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12946 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12947 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 12948 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 12949 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 12950 } 12951 12952 if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalRef() && 12953 !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12954 ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var); 12955 12956 return; 12957 12958 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 12959 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 12960 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 12961 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 12962 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 12963 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 12964 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 12965 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 12966 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 12967 if (RequireCompleteSizedType( 12968 Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(), 12969 diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type)) 12970 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12971 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 12972 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 12973 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 12974 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 12975 // NOTE: code such as the following 12976 // static struct s; 12977 // struct s { int a; }; 12978 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 12979 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 12980 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 12981 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 12982 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12983 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 12984 } 12985 } 12986 12987 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 12988 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 12989 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 12990 return; 12991 } 12992 12993 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 12994 // definitions with incomplete array type. 12995 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 12996 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12997 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 12998 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12999 return; 13000 } 13001 13002 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 13003 // definitions with reference type. 13004 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 13005 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 13006 << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 13007 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 13008 return; 13009 } 13010 13011 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 13012 // variable with dependent type. 13013 if (Type->isDependentType()) 13014 return; 13015 13016 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 13017 return; 13018 13019 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 13020 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 13021 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 13022 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 13023 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 13024 return; 13025 } 13026 } else { 13027 return; 13028 } 13029 13030 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 13031 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 13032 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13033 AbstractVariableType)) { 13034 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 13035 return; 13036 } 13037 13038 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 13039 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 13040 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 13041 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 13042 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 13043 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 13044 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 13045 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 13046 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 13047 // types and is declared without an initializer. 13048 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 13049 if (const RecordType *Record 13050 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13051 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 13052 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 13053 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 13054 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 13055 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 13056 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 13057 } 13058 } 13059 // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space, 13060 // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer. 13061 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && 13062 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 13063 return; 13064 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 13065 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 13066 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 13067 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 13068 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 13069 // type shall have a user-declared default 13070 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 13071 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 13072 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 13073 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 13074 // program is ill-formed. 13075 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 13076 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 13077 // default-initialized; [...]. 13078 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 13079 InitializationKind Kind 13080 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 13081 13082 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 13083 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 13084 13085 if (Init.get()) { 13086 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 13087 // This is important for template substitution. 13088 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 13089 } else if (Init.isInvalid()) { 13090 // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track 13091 // that initialization was attempted and failed. 13092 auto RecoveryExpr = 13093 CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {}); 13094 if (RecoveryExpr.get()) 13095 Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get()); 13096 } 13097 13098 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 13099 } 13100 } 13101 13102 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 13103 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 13104 if (!D) 13105 return; 13106 13107 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 13108 if (!VD) { 13109 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 13110 D->setInvalidDecl(); 13111 return; 13112 } 13113 13114 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 13115 13116 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 13117 int Error = -1; 13118 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 13119 case SC_None: 13120 break; 13121 case SC_Extern: 13122 Error = 0; 13123 break; 13124 case SC_Static: 13125 Error = 1; 13126 break; 13127 case SC_PrivateExtern: 13128 Error = 2; 13129 break; 13130 case SC_Auto: 13131 Error = 3; 13132 break; 13133 case SC_Register: 13134 Error = 4; 13135 break; 13136 } 13137 13138 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier con't. 13139 switch (VD->getTSCSpec()) { 13140 case TSCS_thread_local: 13141 Error = 6; 13142 break; 13143 case TSCS___thread: 13144 case TSCS__Thread_local: 13145 case TSCS_unspecified: 13146 break; 13147 } 13148 13149 if (Error != -1) { 13150 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 13151 << VD << Error; 13152 D->setInvalidDecl(); 13153 } 13154 } 13155 13156 StmtResult 13157 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 13158 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 13159 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 13160 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 13161 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 13162 // A range-based for statement of the form 13163 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 13164 // is equivalent to 13165 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 13166 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 13167 13168 const char *PrevSpec; 13169 unsigned DiagID; 13170 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 13171 getPrintingPolicy()); 13172 13173 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForInit); 13174 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 13175 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 13176 13177 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), 13178 IdentLoc); 13179 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 13180 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 13181 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 13182 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 13183 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 13184 } 13185 13186 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 13187 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 13188 13189 MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(var); 13190 13191 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13192 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 13193 // initialiser 13194 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 13195 !var->hasInit()) { 13196 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 13197 << 1 /*Init*/; 13198 var->setInvalidDecl(); 13199 return; 13200 } 13201 } 13202 13203 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 13204 // local retaining variable. 13205 if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 13206 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 13207 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 13208 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 13209 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 13210 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 13211 break; 13212 13213 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 13214 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 13215 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 13216 break; 13217 } 13218 } 13219 13220 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 13221 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 13222 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 13223 13224 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 13225 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 13226 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 13227 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 13228 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 13229 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13230 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 13231 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 13232 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 13233 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) && 13234 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 13235 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 13236 var->getLocation())) { 13237 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 13238 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 13239 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 13240 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 13241 13242 if (!prev) { 13243 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 13244 Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 13245 << /* variable */ 0; 13246 } 13247 } 13248 13249 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 13250 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 13251 const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr; 13252 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 13253 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 13254 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 13255 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 13256 return *CacheHasConstInit; 13257 }; 13258 13259 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 13260 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 13261 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 13262 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 13263 // have a non-trivial destructor. 13264 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 13265 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13266 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 13267 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 13268 if (!checkConstInit()) { 13269 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 13270 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 13271 // initialization. 13272 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 13273 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 13274 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 13275 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13276 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 13277 } 13278 } 13279 } 13280 13281 13282 if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() && 13283 isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) { 13284 const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit()); 13285 unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits(); 13286 if (NumInits > 2) 13287 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) { 13288 const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I); 13289 if (!Init) 13290 break; 13291 const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts()); 13292 if (!SL) 13293 break; 13294 13295 unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated(); 13296 // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization. 13297 // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated 13298 // together. Do not warn for macros too. 13299 if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) { 13300 bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true; 13301 for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) { 13302 const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J); 13303 if (!Init) 13304 break; 13305 const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts()); 13306 if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) { 13307 OnlyOneMissingComma = false; 13308 break; 13309 } 13310 } 13311 13312 if (OnlyOneMissingComma) { 13313 SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints; 13314 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i) 13315 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 13316 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ",")); 13317 13318 Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1), 13319 diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init) 13320 << Hints; 13321 Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), 13322 diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence); 13323 } 13324 // In any case, stop now. 13325 break; 13326 } 13327 } 13328 } 13329 13330 13331 QualType type = var->getType(); 13332 13333 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 13334 getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var); 13335 13336 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 13337 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 13338 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 13339 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 13340 bool HasConstInit = true; 13341 13342 // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant. 13343 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !type->isDependentType() && Init && 13344 !Init->isValueDependent() && 13345 (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() || 13346 var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) { 13347 // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in 13348 // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now. We can't 13349 // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change 13350 // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined. 13351 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 13352 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 13353 // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required, 13354 // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules 13355 // in [expr.const]p2-6. 13356 // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit / 13357 // -Wglobal-constructors. 13358 HasConstInit = checkConstInit(); 13359 13360 // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a 13361 // constant initializer. 13362 if (HasConstInit) { 13363 (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes); 13364 Notes.clear(); 13365 } else if (CacheCulprit) { 13366 Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 13367 PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr)); 13368 Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 13369 } 13370 } else { 13371 // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer. 13372 HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes); 13373 } 13374 13375 if (HasConstInit) { 13376 // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr. 13377 } else if (var->isConstexpr()) { 13378 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 13379 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 13380 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 13381 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 13382 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 13383 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 13384 Notes.clear(); 13385 } 13386 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 13387 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 13388 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 13389 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 13390 } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) { 13391 auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 13392 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 13393 << Init->getSourceRange(); 13394 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 13395 << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit(); 13396 for (auto &it : Notes) 13397 Diag(it.first, it.second); 13398 } else if (IsGlobal && 13399 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 13400 var->getLocation())) { 13401 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 13402 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 13403 // warned about them. 13404 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 13405 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 13406 // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in 13407 // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer 13408 // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor. 13409 if (!checkConstInit()) 13410 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 13411 << Init->getSourceRange(); 13412 } 13413 } 13414 } 13415 13416 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 13417 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13418 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 13419 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 13420 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read; 13421 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) { 13422 if (HasConstInit) 13423 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 13424 else { 13425 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 13426 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 13427 } 13428 } else if (var->hasInit() && HasConstInit) { 13429 Stack = &DataSegStack; 13430 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 13431 } else { 13432 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 13433 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 13434 } 13435 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 13436 if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec) 13437 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit; 13438 UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var); 13439 } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) { 13440 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit; 13441 auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString(); 13442 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13443 Context, SectionName, Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation, 13444 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 13445 if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var)) 13446 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 13447 } 13448 13449 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 13450 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 13451 // attribute. 13452 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 13453 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 13454 CurInitSegLoc, 13455 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13456 } 13457 13458 // All the following checks are C++ only. 13459 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13460 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 13461 // current module. 13462 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 13463 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 13464 return; 13465 } 13466 13467 // Require the destructor. 13468 if (!type->isDependentType()) 13469 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 13470 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 13471 13472 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 13473 // module. 13474 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 13475 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 13476 13477 // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration. 13478 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 13479 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 13480 } 13481 13482 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a 13483 /// dllexport/import function. 13484 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) { 13485 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 13486 13487 auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 13488 13489 // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function. 13490 while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) && 13491 !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() && 13492 !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 13493 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 13494 } 13495 13496 if (!FD) 13497 return; 13498 13499 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 13500 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 13501 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 13502 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 13503 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13504 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 13505 auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 13506 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 13507 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13508 13509 // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even 13510 // if it is not used in this compilation unit. 13511 if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) 13512 FD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13513 13514 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 13515 auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 13516 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 13517 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13518 } 13519 } 13520 13521 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 13522 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 13523 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 13524 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 13525 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 13526 13527 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 13528 if (!VD) 13529 return; 13530 13531 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 13532 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13533 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 13534 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 13535 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13536 Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 13537 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation, 13538 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13539 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 13540 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13541 Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 13542 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation, 13543 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13544 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 13545 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13546 Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 13547 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation, 13548 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13549 if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid) 13550 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13551 Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName, 13552 PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation, 13553 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13554 } 13555 13556 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 13557 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 13558 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 13559 } 13560 } 13561 13562 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 13563 13564 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 13565 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 13566 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 13567 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 13568 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 13569 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 13570 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !VD->hasDependentAlignment()) { 13571 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 13572 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 13573 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 13574 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 13575 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 13576 } 13577 } 13578 } 13579 13580 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) 13581 CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD); 13582 13583 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 13584 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 13585 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 13586 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 13587 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 13588 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 13589 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 13590 13591 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 13592 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 13593 13594 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 13595 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 13596 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 13597 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13598 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 13599 // with a warning. 13600 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 13601 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 13602 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 13603 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 13604 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 13605 13606 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 13607 IsClassTemplateMember 13608 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 13609 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 13610 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 13611 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 13612 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 13613 } 13614 } 13615 13616 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 13617 // isn't exported with the variable. 13618 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 13619 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 13620 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 13621 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 13622 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 13623 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 13624 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 13625 } else { 13626 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 13627 << DLLAttr; 13628 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 13629 } 13630 } 13631 13632 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 13633 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13634 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition) 13635 << Attr; 13636 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 13637 } 13638 } 13639 if (RetainAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) { 13640 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13641 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition) 13642 << Attr; 13643 VD->dropAttr<RetainAttr>(); 13644 } 13645 } 13646 13647 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 13648 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 13649 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 13650 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 13651 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 13652 13653 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 13654 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 13655 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 13656 13657 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 13658 // tag values. 13659 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 13660 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 13661 return; 13662 13663 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 13664 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 13665 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 13666 continue; 13667 } 13668 Optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt; 13669 if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { 13670 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 13671 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 13672 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 13673 continue; 13674 } 13675 if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) { 13676 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 13677 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 13678 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 13679 continue; 13680 } 13681 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue(); 13682 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 13683 MagicValue, 13684 I->getMatchingCType(), 13685 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 13686 I->getMustBeNull()); 13687 } 13688 } 13689 13690 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 13691 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 13692 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 13693 } 13694 13695 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 13696 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13697 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 13698 13699 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 13700 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 13701 13702 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 13703 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 13704 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 13705 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 13706 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 13707 13708 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13709 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 13710 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 13711 // to perform. 13712 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 13713 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 13714 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 13715 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 13716 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 13717 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 13718 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 13719 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 13720 13721 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 13722 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 13723 // declaration in the same group. 13724 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 13725 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 13726 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 13727 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 13728 << DD->getSourceRange(); 13729 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 13730 } 13731 13732 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 13733 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 13734 // declarator in the same group. 13735 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 13736 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 13737 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 13738 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 13739 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 13740 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 13741 << DD->getSourceRange(); 13742 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 13743 } 13744 } 13745 } 13746 13747 Decls.push_back(D); 13748 } 13749 } 13750 13751 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 13752 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 13753 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 13754 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 13755 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13756 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 13757 } 13758 } 13759 13760 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 13761 } 13762 13763 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 13764 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 13765 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 13766 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13767 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 13768 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 13769 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 13770 if (Group.size() > 1) { 13771 QualType Deduced; 13772 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 13773 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13774 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 13775 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 13776 break; 13777 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 13778 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 13779 continue; 13780 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 13781 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 13782 DeducedDecl = D; 13783 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 13784 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 13785 auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 13786 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 13787 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced 13788 << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType() 13789 << D->getDeclName(); 13790 if (DeducedDecl->hasInit()) 13791 Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 13792 if (D->getInit()) 13793 Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 13794 D->setInvalidDecl(); 13795 break; 13796 } 13797 } 13798 } 13799 13800 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 13801 13802 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 13803 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 13804 } 13805 13806 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 13807 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 13808 } 13809 13810 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13811 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 13812 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 13813 return; 13814 13815 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 13816 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 13817 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 13818 Group[0]->getLocation())) 13819 return; 13820 13821 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 13822 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 13823 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 13824 // additional declaration references: 13825 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 13826 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 13827 // 'struct S *pS;' 13828 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 13829 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 13830 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 13831 Group = Group.slice(1); 13832 } 13833 } 13834 13835 // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file. 13836 // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in 13837 // different files (e. g. macros or #include). 13838 Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor()); 13839 } 13840 13841 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function 13842 /// parameters and non-type template parameters. 13843 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13844 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 13845 // parameter. 13846 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13847 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13848 13849 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 13850 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 13851 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 13852 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 13853 } 13854 13855 // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a 13856 // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...]. 13857 switch (D.getName().getKind()) { 13858 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 13859 break; 13860 13861 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 13862 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: 13863 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 13864 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: 13865 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: 13866 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 13867 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: 13868 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 13869 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 13870 break; 13871 13872 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: 13873 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: 13874 // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case. 13875 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id); 13876 break; 13877 } 13878 } 13879 13880 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 13881 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 13882 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13883 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 13884 13885 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 13886 13887 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 13888 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 13889 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 13890 SC = SC_Register; 13891 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 13892 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 13893 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 13894 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13895 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 13896 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 13897 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 13898 } 13899 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13900 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 13901 SC = SC_Auto; 13902 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 13903 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13904 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 13905 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 13906 } 13907 13908 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13909 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 13910 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13911 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 13912 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13913 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 13914 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) 13915 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 13916 << 0 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()); 13917 13918 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 13919 13920 CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D); 13921 13922 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13923 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 13924 13925 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 13926 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13927 if (II) { 13928 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 13929 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 13930 LookupName(R, S); 13931 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 13932 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 13933 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13934 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13935 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13936 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13937 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13938 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13939 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 13940 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13941 13942 // Recover by removing the name 13943 II = nullptr; 13944 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 13945 D.setInvalidType(true); 13946 } 13947 } 13948 } 13949 13950 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 13951 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 13952 // looking like class members in C++. 13953 ParmVarDecl *New = 13954 CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(), 13955 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC); 13956 13957 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13958 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13959 13960 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 13961 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 13962 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 13963 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 13964 13965 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 13966 S->AddDecl(New); 13967 if (II) 13968 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 13969 13970 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 13971 13972 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13973 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 13974 << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 13975 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 13976 13977 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 13978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 13979 } 13980 13981 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13982 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New); 13983 13984 return New; 13985 } 13986 13987 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 13988 /// typedef. 13989 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 13990 SourceLocation Loc, 13991 QualType T) { 13992 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 13993 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 13994 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 13995 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 13996 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 13997 SC_None, nullptr); 13998 Param->setImplicit(); 13999 return Param; 14000 } 14001 14002 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 14003 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 14004 // will already have done so in the template itself. 14005 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 14006 return; 14007 14008 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 14009 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 14010 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 14011 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 14012 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 14013 } 14014 } 14015 } 14016 14017 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 14018 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 14019 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 14020 return; 14021 14022 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 14023 // threshold. 14024 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 14025 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 14026 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 14027 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size; 14028 } 14029 14030 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 14031 // threshold. 14032 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 14033 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 14034 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 14035 continue; 14036 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 14037 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 14038 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 14039 << Parameter << Size; 14040 } 14041 } 14042 14043 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 14044 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 14045 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 14046 StorageClass SC) { 14047 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 14048 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 14049 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 14050 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 14051 14052 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 14053 14054 // Special cases for arrays: 14055 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 14056 // - otherwise, it's an error 14057 if (T->isArrayType()) { 14058 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 14059 if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) 14060 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 14061 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 14062 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 14063 else 14064 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 14065 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 14066 } 14067 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 14068 } else { 14069 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 14070 } 14071 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 14072 } 14073 14074 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 14075 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 14076 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 14077 14078 // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that 14079 // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the 14080 // lambda scope. 14081 if (New->isParameterPack()) 14082 if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda()) 14083 LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New); 14084 14085 if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 14086 New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 14087 checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(), 14088 NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 14089 14090 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 14091 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 14092 // the class has been completely parsed. 14093 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 14094 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14095 AbstractParamType)) 14096 New->setInvalidDecl(); 14097 14098 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 14099 // passed by reference. 14100 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 14101 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 14102 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); 14103 Diag(NameLoc, 14104 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 14105 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 14106 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 14107 New->setType(T); 14108 } 14109 14110 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 14111 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 14112 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 14113 // an address space. 14114 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 14115 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 14116 // to be qualified with an address space. 14117 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 14118 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 14119 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 14120 New->setInvalidDecl(); 14121 } 14122 14123 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function argument types. 14124 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 14125 CheckPPCMMAType(New->getOriginalType(), New->getLocation())) { 14126 New->setInvalidDecl(); 14127 } 14128 14129 return New; 14130 } 14131 14132 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 14133 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 14134 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 14135 14136 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 14137 // for a K&R function. 14138 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 14139 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 14140 --i; 14141 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 14142 SmallString<256> Code; 14143 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 14144 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 14145 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 14146 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 14147 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 14148 14149 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 14150 // type. 14151 AttributeFactory attrs; 14152 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 14153 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 14154 unsigned DiagID; // unused 14155 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 14156 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 14157 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 14158 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 14159 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 14160 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList); 14161 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 14162 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 14163 } 14164 } 14165 } 14166 } 14167 14168 Decl * 14169 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 14170 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 14171 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14172 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 14173 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 14174 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 14175 14176 // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and 14177 // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration 14178 // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards. 14179 // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare 14180 // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a 14181 // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the 14182 // `omp begin declare variant`. 14183 SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases; 14184 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope()) 14185 ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( 14186 ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases); 14187 14188 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition); 14189 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 14190 Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 14191 14192 if (!Bases.empty()) 14193 ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl, Bases); 14194 14195 return Dcl; 14196 } 14197 14198 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 14199 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 14200 } 14201 14202 static bool 14203 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 14204 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) { 14205 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 14206 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 14207 return false; 14208 14209 // Or declarations that aren't global. 14210 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 14211 return false; 14212 14213 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 14214 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 14215 return false; 14216 14217 // Don't warn about 'main'. 14218 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 14219 if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier()) 14220 if (II->isStr("main") || II->isStr("efi_main")) 14221 return false; 14222 14223 // Don't warn about inline functions. 14224 if (FD->isInlined()) 14225 return false; 14226 14227 // Don't warn about function templates. 14228 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 14229 return false; 14230 14231 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 14232 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 14233 return false; 14234 14235 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 14236 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 14237 return false; 14238 14239 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 14240 if (FD->isDeleted()) 14241 return false; 14242 14243 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 14244 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 14245 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 14246 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 14247 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14248 continue; 14249 14250 PossiblePrototype = Prev; 14251 return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType(); 14252 } 14253 14254 return true; 14255 } 14256 14257 void 14258 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 14259 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 14260 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14261 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 14262 if (!Definition && 14263 !FD->isDefined(Definition, /*CheckForPendingFriendDefinition*/ true)) 14264 return; 14265 14266 if (Definition->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 14267 if (FunctionDecl *OrigDef = Definition->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 14268 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 14269 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 14270 // the same class, is OK. 14271 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, OrigDef) && 14272 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(Definition->getLexicalDeclContext()), 14273 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 14274 return; 14275 } 14276 } 14277 } 14278 14279 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 14280 return; 14281 14282 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 14283 // definition. 14284 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 14285 return; 14286 14287 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 14288 // a template, skip the new definition. 14289 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 14290 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 14291 Definition->isInlined() || 14292 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 14293 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 14294 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 14295 SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition); 14296 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 14297 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 14298 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 14299 return; 14300 } 14301 14302 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 14303 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 14304 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 14305 << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 14306 else 14307 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD; 14308 14309 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14310 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14311 } 14312 14313 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 14314 Sema &S) { 14315 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 14316 14317 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 14318 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 14319 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 14320 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 14321 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 14322 14323 if (LCD == LCD_None) 14324 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 14325 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 14326 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 14327 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 14328 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 14329 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 14330 14331 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 14332 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 14333 14334 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 14335 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 14336 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 14337 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 14338 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 14339 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 14340 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 14341 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 14342 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 14343 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 14344 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 14345 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 14346 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 14347 I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false); 14348 14349 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 14350 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(), 14351 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 14352 } else { 14353 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(), 14354 I->getType()); 14355 } 14356 ++I; 14357 } 14358 } 14359 14360 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 14361 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14362 if (!D) { 14363 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 14364 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 14365 PushFunctionScope(); 14366 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 14367 return D; 14368 } 14369 14370 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 14371 14372 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 14373 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 14374 else 14375 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 14376 14377 // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building 14378 // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(). 14379 if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) 14380 PushExpressionEvaluationContext( 14381 FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated 14382 : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 14383 14384 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 14385 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 14386 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 14387 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 14388 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14389 } 14390 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 14391 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 14392 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 14393 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14394 } 14395 14396 if (auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) { 14397 if (Ctor->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 14398 Ctor->isDefaultConstructor() && 14399 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 14400 // If this is an MS ABI dllexport default constructor, instantiate any 14401 // default arguments. 14402 InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(Ctor); 14403 } 14404 } 14405 14406 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' (or similar) is already 14407 // set, then these checks were already performed when it was set. 14408 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed() && 14409 !FD->isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition()) { 14410 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 14411 14412 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 14413 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 14414 return D; 14415 } 14416 14417 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 14418 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 14419 // this function. 14420 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 14421 14422 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 14423 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 14424 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 14425 // LambdaScopeInfo. 14426 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 14427 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 14428 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 14429 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 14430 // have the LSI properly restored. 14431 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 14432 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 14433 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 14434 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 14435 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 14436 } else { 14437 // Enter a new function scope 14438 PushFunctionScope(); 14439 } 14440 14441 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 14442 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 14443 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 14444 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 14445 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 14446 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14447 } 14448 } 14449 14450 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 14451 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 14452 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 14453 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 14454 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 14455 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 14456 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 14457 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14458 14459 if (FnBodyScope) 14460 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 14461 14462 // Check the validity of our function parameters 14463 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 14464 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 14465 14466 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 14467 // scope. 14468 if (FnBodyScope) { 14469 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 14470 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 14471 if (!NonParmDecl) 14472 continue; 14473 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 14474 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 14475 14476 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 14477 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 14478 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 14479 14480 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 14481 // accessible in this scope. 14482 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 14483 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 14484 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 14485 } 14486 } 14487 } 14488 14489 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 14490 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 14491 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 14492 14493 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14494 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 14495 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 14496 14497 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 14498 } 14499 } 14500 14501 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 14502 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 14503 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 14504 14505 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 14506 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 14507 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 14508 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 14509 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 14510 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14511 return D; 14512 } 14513 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 14514 // a function template). 14515 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 14516 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14517 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 14518 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 14519 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 14520 14521 return D; 14522 } 14523 14524 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 14525 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 14526 /// optimization. 14527 /// 14528 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 14529 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 14530 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 14531 /// use the named return value optimization. 14532 /// 14533 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 14534 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 14535 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 14536 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 14537 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 14538 14539 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 14540 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 14541 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 14542 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 14543 } 14544 } 14545 } 14546 14547 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 14548 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 14549 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 14550 return false; 14551 14552 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 14553 // return type (yet). 14554 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 14555 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 14556 // we can still delay parsing it. 14557 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 14558 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 14559 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 14560 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 14561 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 14562 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 14563 } 14564 } 14565 return false; 14566 } 14567 14568 return true; 14569 } 14570 14571 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 14572 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 14573 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 14574 // rest of the file. 14575 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 14576 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 14577 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 14578 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 14579 return false; 14580 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 14581 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 14582 // "undeduced". 14583 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 14584 return false; 14585 } 14586 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 14587 } 14588 14589 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 14590 if (!Decl) 14591 return nullptr; 14592 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 14593 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 14594 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 14595 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 14596 return Decl; 14597 } 14598 14599 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 14600 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 14601 } 14602 14603 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function 14604 /// body. 14605 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII { 14606 public: 14607 ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {} 14608 ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() { 14609 if (!IsLambda) 14610 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 14611 } 14612 14613 private: 14614 Sema &S; 14615 bool IsLambda = false; 14616 }; 14617 14618 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) { 14619 llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo; 14620 14621 auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) { 14622 if (EscapeInfo.count(BD)) 14623 return EscapeInfo[BD]; 14624 14625 bool R = false; 14626 const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD; 14627 14628 do { 14629 R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape(); 14630 if (R) 14631 break; 14632 CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl(); 14633 } while (CurBD); 14634 14635 return EscapeInfo[BD] = R; 14636 }; 14637 14638 // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping 14639 // block, emit a diagnostic. 14640 for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P : 14641 S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs) 14642 if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second)) 14643 S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self) 14644 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->"); 14645 } 14646 14647 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 14648 bool IsInstantiation) { 14649 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction(); 14650 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 14651 14652 if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && FD && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>()) 14653 FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 14654 14655 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 14656 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 14657 14658 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FSI->isCoroutine()) 14659 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 14660 14661 { 14662 // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because 14663 // one is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). 14664 // This is meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(). 14665 ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD)); 14666 14667 if (FD) { 14668 FD->setBody(Body); 14669 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 14670 14671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 14672 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 14673 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 14674 // For a function with a deduced result type to return void, 14675 // the result type as written must be 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)', 14676 // possibly cv-qualified or constrained, but not ref-qualified. 14677 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 14678 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 14679 << FD->getReturnType(); 14680 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14681 } else { 14682 // Falling off the end of the function is the same as 'return;'. 14683 Expr *Dummy = nullptr; 14684 if (DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr( 14685 FD, dcl->getLocation(), Dummy, 14686 FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>())) 14687 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14688 } 14689 } 14690 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 14691 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 14692 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 14693 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 14694 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 14695 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 14696 14697 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 14698 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 14699 // [the deduced type is] the type void 14700 QualType RetType = 14701 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 14702 14703 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 14704 const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 14705 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 14706 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 14707 } 14708 } 14709 14710 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 14711 // don't complain about missing return statements. 14712 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 14713 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 14714 14715 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 14716 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 14717 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 14718 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 14719 14720 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14721 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted, deleted or naked 14722 // functions. 14723 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody() && 14724 !FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 14725 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 14726 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 14727 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 14728 14729 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 14730 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 14731 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 14732 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 14733 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 14734 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 14735 14736 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 14737 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 14738 // to deduce an implicit return type. 14739 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 14740 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 14741 computeNRVO(Body, FSI); 14742 } 14743 14744 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 14745 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 14746 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 14747 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 14748 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 14749 const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr; 14750 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) { 14751 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 14752 14753 if (PossiblePrototype) { 14754 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 14755 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 14756 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 14757 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 14758 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 14759 Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(), 14760 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 14761 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0) 14762 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 14763 FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void") 14764 : FixItHint{}); 14765 } 14766 } else { 14767 // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`. 14768 auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM, 14769 const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 14770 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc); 14771 if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid()) 14772 return false; 14773 14774 bool Invalid = false; 14775 StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid); 14776 if (Invalid) 14777 return false; 14778 14779 if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size()) 14780 return false; 14781 14782 const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second; 14783 StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second); 14784 14785 return StartTok.consume_front("const") && 14786 (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) || 14787 StartTok.startswith("/*") || StartTok.startswith("//")); 14788 }; 14789 14790 auto findBeginLoc = [&]() { 14791 // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert 14792 // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename). 14793 if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() && 14794 FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) || 14795 FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) { 14796 // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is. 14797 14798 if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(), 14799 getLangOpts())) 14800 14801 return FD->getBeginLoc(); 14802 } 14803 return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 14804 }; 14805 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 14806 diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 14807 << /* function */ 1 14808 << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None 14809 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ") 14810 : FixItHint{}); 14811 } 14812 14813 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 14814 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 14815 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not 14816 // provide a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a 14817 // prototype. 14818 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype()) { 14819 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 14820 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 14821 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 14822 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 14823 } 14824 } 14825 14826 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. 14827 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) 14828 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) 14829 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) 14830 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(), 14831 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); 14832 14833 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 14834 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 14835 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 14836 MD->isVirtual() && 14837 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 14838 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 14839 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 14840 if (FD->isInlined() && 14841 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 14842 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 14843 14844 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 14845 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 14846 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 14847 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 14848 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 14849 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14850 } else { 14851 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 14852 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14853 } 14854 } 14855 } 14856 14857 assert( 14858 (FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 14859 "Function parsing confused"); 14860 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 14861 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 14862 MD->setBody(Body); 14863 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14864 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 14865 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 14866 14867 if (Body) 14868 computeNRVO(Body, FSI); 14869 } 14870 if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 14871 Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 14872 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 14873 FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 14874 } 14875 if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 14876 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 14877 bool isDesignated = 14878 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 14879 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 14880 (void)isDesignated; 14881 14882 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 14883 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 14884 if (!IFace) 14885 return false; 14886 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 14887 if (!SuperD) 14888 return false; 14889 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 14890 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 14891 }; 14892 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 14893 // of NSObject. 14894 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 14895 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14896 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 14897 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 14898 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 14899 } 14900 FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 14901 } 14902 if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 14903 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 14904 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 14905 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14906 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 14907 FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 14908 } 14909 14910 diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this); 14911 } else { 14912 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 14913 // we pushed on. 14914 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 14915 return nullptr; 14916 } 14917 14918 if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 14919 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 14920 14921 assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 14922 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 14923 "handled in the block above."); 14924 14925 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 14926 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 14927 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 14928 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 14929 // Verify this. 14930 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 14931 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 14932 14933 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 14934 if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() && !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 14935 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 14936 14937 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 14938 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 14939 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 14940 14941 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 14942 Destructor->getParent()); 14943 } 14944 14945 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 14946 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up 14947 // for deletion in some later function. 14948 if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() || 14949 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 14950 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 14951 } 14952 if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 14953 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 14954 // enabled. 14955 ActivePolicy = &WP; 14956 } 14957 14958 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 14959 !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose)) 14960 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14961 14962 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 14963 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 14964 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 14965 // require prologue. 14966 bool RegisterVariables = false; 14967 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 14968 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 14969 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 14970 RegisterVariables = 14971 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 14972 if (!RegisterVariables) 14973 break; 14974 } 14975 } 14976 } 14977 if (RegisterVariables) 14978 continue; 14979 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 14980 Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 14981 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 14982 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14983 break; 14984 } 14985 } 14986 } 14987 14988 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 14989 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 14990 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 14991 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && 14992 "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 14993 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 14994 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 14995 } 14996 } // Pops the ExitFunctionBodyRAII scope, which needs to happen before we pop 14997 // the declaration context below. Otherwise, we're unable to transform 14998 // 'this' expressions when transforming immediate context functions. 14999 15000 if (!IsInstantiation) 15001 PopDeclContext(); 15002 15003 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 15004 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 15005 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 15006 // deletion in some later function. 15007 if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) { 15008 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 15009 } 15010 15011 if (FD && ((LangOpts.OpenMP && (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice || 15012 !LangOpts.OMPTargetTriples.empty())) || 15013 LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice)) { 15014 auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD); 15015 if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted || 15016 ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown) 15017 DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(FD); 15018 } 15019 15020 if (FD && !FD->isDeleted()) 15021 checkTypeSupport(FD->getType(), FD->getLocation(), FD); 15022 15023 return dcl; 15024 } 15025 15026 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 15027 /// relevant Decl. 15028 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 15029 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 15030 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 15031 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 15032 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 15033 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); 15034 15035 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 15036 if (Method->isStatic()) 15037 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 15038 } 15039 15040 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 15041 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 15042 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 15043 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 15044 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 15045 // DeclContext. 15046 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 15047 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 15048 // instead. 15049 Scope *BlockScope = S; 15050 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 15051 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 15052 15053 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 15054 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 15055 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 15056 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 15057 15058 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 15059 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 15060 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 15061 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 15062 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 15063 if (ExternCPrev) { 15064 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 15065 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 15066 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 15067 15068 // C89 footnote 38: 15069 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 15070 // the behavior is undefined. 15071 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 15072 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 15073 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 15074 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 15075 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 15076 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 15077 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15078 return ExternCPrev; 15079 } 15080 } 15081 15082 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 15083 unsigned diag_id; 15084 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 15085 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 15086 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 15087 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 15088 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 15089 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 15090 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 15091 else 15092 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 15093 15094 TypoCorrection Corrected; 15095 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 15096 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 15097 // 15098 // Perform the corection before issuing the main diagnostic, as some consumers 15099 // use typo-correction callbacks to enhance the main diagnostic. 15100 if (S && !ExternCPrev && 15101 (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error)) { 15102 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{}; 15103 Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, 15104 S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError); 15105 } 15106 15107 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 15108 if (Corrected) 15109 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 15110 /*ErrorRecovery*/ false); 15111 15112 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 15113 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 15114 // more to do. 15115 if (ExternCPrev) 15116 return ExternCPrev; 15117 15118 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 15119 const char *Dummy; 15120 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 15121 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 15122 unsigned DiagID; 15123 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 15124 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 15125 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 15126 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 15127 SourceLocation NoLoc; 15128 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::Block); 15129 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 15130 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 15131 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 15132 /*Params=*/nullptr, 15133 /*NumParams=*/0, 15134 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 15135 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 15136 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 15137 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 15138 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, 15139 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 15140 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 15141 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 15142 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 15143 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 15144 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 15145 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, 15146 Loc, D), 15147 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); 15148 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 15149 15150 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 15151 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 15152 FD->setImplicit(); 15153 15154 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 15155 15156 return FD; 15157 } 15158 15159 /// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function 15160 /// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]), 15161 /// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard. 15162 /// 15163 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 15164 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 15165 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction( 15166 FunctionDecl *FD) { 15167 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 15168 return; 15169 15170 if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New && 15171 FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New) 15172 return; 15173 15174 Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam; 15175 bool IsNothrow = false; 15176 if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow)) 15177 return; 15178 15179 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4: 15180 // An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification 15181 // indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation 15182 // function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by 15183 // throwing an exception [...] 15184 if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) 15185 FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15186 15187 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2: 15188 // An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of 15189 // storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a 15190 // replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different 15191 // from any previously returned value p1 [...] 15192 // 15193 // However, this particular information is being added in codegen, 15194 // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new) 15195 15196 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2: 15197 // An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of 15198 // storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a 15199 // block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the 15200 // requested size. 15201 if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) { 15202 FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit( 15203 Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD), 15204 /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation())); 15205 } 15206 15207 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3: 15208 // For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful 15209 // call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows: 15210 // (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type 15211 // std::align_val_t, the storage will have the alignment 15212 // specified by the value of this argument. 15213 if (AlignmentParam.hasValue() && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) { 15214 FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit( 15215 Context, ParamIdx(AlignmentParam.getValue(), FD), FD->getLocation())); 15216 } 15217 15218 // FIXME: 15219 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3: 15220 // For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful 15221 // call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows: 15222 // (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[], 15223 // the storage is aligned for any object that does not have 15224 // new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the 15225 // requested size. 15226 // (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not 15227 // have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size. 15228 } 15229 15230 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 15231 /// the declaration of this function. 15232 /// 15233 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 15234 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 15235 /// like NSLog or printf. 15236 /// 15237 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 15238 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 15239 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 15240 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 15241 return; 15242 15243 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 15244 // actual attributes. 15245 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 15246 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 15247 unsigned FormatIdx; 15248 bool HasVAListArg; 15249 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 15250 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 15251 const char *fmt = "printf"; 15252 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 15253 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 15254 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 15255 fmt = "NSString"; 15256 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 15257 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 15258 FormatIdx+1, 15259 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 15260 FD->getLocation())); 15261 } 15262 } 15263 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 15264 HasVAListArg)) { 15265 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 15266 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 15267 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 15268 FormatIdx+1, 15269 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 15270 FD->getLocation())); 15271 } 15272 15273 // Handle automatically recognized callbacks. 15274 SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding; 15275 if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() && 15276 Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding)) 15277 FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit( 15278 Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation())); 15279 15280 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 15281 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 15282 // intrinsics for such functions. 15283 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 15284 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 15285 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15286 15287 // We make "fma" on GNU or Windows const because we know it does not set 15288 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 15289 // C standard. 15290 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 15291 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 15292 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 15293 switch (BuiltinID) { 15294 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 15295 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 15296 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 15297 case Builtin::BIfma: 15298 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 15299 case Builtin::BIfmal: 15300 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15301 break; 15302 default: 15303 break; 15304 } 15305 } 15306 15307 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 15308 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 15309 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 15310 FD->getLocation())); 15311 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 15312 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15313 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 15314 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15315 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 15316 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15317 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 15318 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 15319 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 15320 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 15321 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 15322 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 15323 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 15324 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15325 else 15326 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15327 } 15328 15329 // Add known guaranteed alignment for allocation functions. 15330 switch (BuiltinID) { 15331 case Builtin::BImemalign: 15332 case Builtin::BIaligned_alloc: 15333 if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) 15334 FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 15335 FD->getLocation())); 15336 break; 15337 default: 15338 break; 15339 } 15340 15341 // Add allocsize attribute for allocation functions. 15342 switch (BuiltinID) { 15343 case Builtin::BIcalloc: 15344 FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit( 15345 Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), ParamIdx(2, FD), FD->getLocation())); 15346 break; 15347 case Builtin::BImemalign: 15348 case Builtin::BIaligned_alloc: 15349 case Builtin::BIrealloc: 15350 FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(2, FD), 15351 ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation())); 15352 break; 15353 case Builtin::BImalloc: 15354 FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 15355 ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation())); 15356 break; 15357 default: 15358 break; 15359 } 15360 } 15361 15362 AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD); 15363 15364 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 15365 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 15366 // across. 15367 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 15368 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 15369 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 15370 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 15371 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 15372 } 15373 15374 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 15375 if (!Name) 15376 return; 15377 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15378 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 15379 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 15380 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 15381 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 15382 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 15383 // about. 15384 } else 15385 return; 15386 15387 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 15388 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 15389 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 15390 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 15391 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 15392 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 15393 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 15394 FD->getLocation())); 15395 } 15396 15397 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 15398 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 15399 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 15400 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 15401 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 15402 FD->getLocation())); 15403 } 15404 } 15405 15406 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 15407 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 15408 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 15409 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 15410 15411 if (!TInfo) { 15412 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 15413 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 15414 } 15415 15416 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 15417 TypedefDecl *NewTD = 15418 TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(), 15419 D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo); 15420 15421 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 15422 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 15423 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 15424 return NewTD; 15425 } 15426 15427 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 15428 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 15429 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 15430 << 2 << NewTD 15431 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 15432 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 15433 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 15434 else 15435 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 15436 } 15437 15438 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 15439 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 15440 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 15441 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 15442 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 15443 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 15444 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 15445 case TST_enum: 15446 case TST_struct: 15447 case TST_interface: 15448 case TST_union: 15449 case TST_class: { 15450 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 15451 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 15452 break; 15453 } 15454 15455 default: 15456 break; 15457 } 15458 15459 return NewTD; 15460 } 15461 15462 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 15463 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 15464 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 15465 QualType T = TI->getType(); 15466 15467 if (T->isDependentType()) 15468 return false; 15469 15470 // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning 15471 // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C. 15472 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 15473 if (BT->isInteger()) 15474 return false; 15475 15476 if (T->isBitIntType()) 15477 return false; 15478 15479 return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 15480 } 15481 15482 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 15483 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 15484 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 15485 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 15486 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 15487 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 15488 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 15489 << Prev->isScoped(); 15490 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15491 return true; 15492 } 15493 15494 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 15495 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 15496 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 15497 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 15498 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 15499 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 15500 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 15501 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 15502 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 15503 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 15504 return true; 15505 } 15506 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 15507 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 15508 << Prev->isFixed(); 15509 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15510 return true; 15511 } 15512 15513 return false; 15514 } 15515 15516 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 15517 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 15518 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 15519 /// 15520 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 15521 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 15522 switch (Tag) { 15523 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 15524 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 15525 case TTK_Class: return 2; 15526 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 15527 } 15528 } 15529 15530 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 15531 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 15532 /// 15533 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 15534 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 15535 { 15536 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 15537 } 15538 15539 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 15540 TagTypeKind TTK) { 15541 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15542 return NTK_Typedef; 15543 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15544 return NTK_TypeAlias; 15545 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15546 return NTK_Template; 15547 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15548 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 15549 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15550 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 15551 switch (TTK) { 15552 case TTK_Struct: 15553 case TTK_Interface: 15554 case TTK_Class: 15555 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 15556 case TTK_Union: 15557 return NTK_NonUnion; 15558 case TTK_Enum: 15559 return NTK_NonEnum; 15560 } 15561 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 15562 } 15563 15564 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 15565 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 15566 /// 15567 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 15568 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 15569 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 15570 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 15571 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 15572 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 15573 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 15574 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 15575 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 15576 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 15577 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 15578 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 15579 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 15580 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 15581 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 15582 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 15583 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 15584 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 15585 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 15586 if (OldTag != NewTag && 15587 !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))) 15588 return false; 15589 15590 // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags. 15591 // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point. 15592 if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 15593 return true; 15594 15595 // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored 15596 // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg) 15597 // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if 15598 // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched 15599 // declarations. 15600 auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) { 15601 return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch, 15602 Loc); 15603 }; 15604 if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc)) 15605 return true; 15606 15607 auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) { 15608 return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation()); 15609 }; 15610 while (IsIgnored(Previous)) { 15611 Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl(); 15612 if (!Previous) 15613 return true; 15614 OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 15615 } 15616 15617 bool isTemplate = false; 15618 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 15619 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 15620 15621 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 15622 if (OldTag != NewTag) { 15623 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 15624 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 15625 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 15626 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 15627 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 15628 // FIXME: Note previous location? 15629 } 15630 return true; 15631 } 15632 15633 if (isDefinition) { 15634 // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 15635 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 15636 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 15637 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 15638 return true; 15639 } 15640 15641 bool previousMismatch = false; 15642 for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) { 15643 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 15644 // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled. 15645 if (IsIgnored(I)) 15646 continue; 15647 15648 if (!previousMismatch) { 15649 previousMismatch = true; 15650 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 15651 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 15652 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 15653 } 15654 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 15655 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 15656 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 15657 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 15658 } 15659 } 15660 return true; 15661 } 15662 15663 // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if 15664 // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior 15665 // (non-ignored) declaration. 15666 const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition(); 15667 if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef)) 15668 PrevDef = nullptr; 15669 const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous; 15670 if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 15671 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 15672 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 15673 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 15674 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 15675 15676 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 15677 if (PrevDef) { 15678 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 15679 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 15680 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 15681 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 15682 } 15683 } 15684 15685 return true; 15686 } 15687 15688 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 15689 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 15690 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 15691 /// namespace N { 15692 /// struct X; 15693 /// namespace M { 15694 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 15695 /// } 15696 /// } 15697 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 15698 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15699 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 15700 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 15701 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 15702 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 15703 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15704 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 15705 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 15706 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 15707 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 15708 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 15709 return FixItHint(); 15710 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 15711 Namespaces.push_back(II); 15712 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 15713 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 15714 if (Lookup == Namespace) 15715 break; 15716 } 15717 15718 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 15719 // build an NNS. 15720 SmallString<64> Insertion; 15721 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 15722 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 15723 OS << "::"; 15724 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 15725 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 15726 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 15727 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 15728 } 15729 15730 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 15731 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 15732 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 15733 /// using-declaration). 15734 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 15735 DeclContext *NewDC) { 15736 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 15737 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 15738 15739 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 15740 return true; 15741 15742 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 15743 // encloses the other). 15744 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 15745 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 15746 return true; 15747 15748 return false; 15749 } 15750 15751 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 15752 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 15753 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 15754 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 15755 /// 15756 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 15757 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 15758 /// 15759 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 15760 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 15761 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 15762 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 15763 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 15764 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, 15765 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 15766 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 15767 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 15768 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 15769 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 15770 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 15771 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 15772 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 15773 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 15774 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 15775 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 15776 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 15777 15778 OwnedDecl = false; 15779 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 15780 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 15781 15782 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 15783 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 15784 bool Invalid = false; 15785 15786 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 15787 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 15788 // for non-C++ cases. 15789 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 15790 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 15791 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 15792 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 15793 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 15794 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 15795 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15796 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 15797 return nullptr; 15798 } 15799 15800 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 15801 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 15802 // be a member of another template). 15803 15804 if (Invalid) 15805 return nullptr; 15806 15807 OwnedDecl = false; 15808 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( 15809 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, 15810 AS, ModulePrivateLoc, 15811 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 15812 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); 15813 return Result.get(); 15814 } else { 15815 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 15816 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 15817 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 15818 isMemberSpecialization = true; 15819 } 15820 } 15821 15822 if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization && 15823 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back())) 15824 return nullptr; 15825 } 15826 15827 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 15828 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 15829 // redeclaration. 15830 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 15831 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 15832 15833 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15834 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 15835 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 15836 // type, default to int. 15837 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15838 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 15839 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 15840 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 15841 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 15842 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 15843 EnumUnderlying = TI; 15844 15845 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 15846 // Recover by falling back to int. 15847 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15848 15849 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 15850 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 15851 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15852 15853 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 15854 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 15855 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 15856 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 15857 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 15858 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15859 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15860 } 15861 } 15862 15863 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 15864 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 15865 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 15866 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 15867 15868 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 15869 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 15870 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 15871 15872 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 15873 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 15874 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 15875 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 15876 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 15877 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 15878 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 15879 // keyword. 15880 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 15881 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 15882 15883 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15884 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 15885 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 15886 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 15887 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 15888 return nullptr; 15889 if (EnumUnderlying) { 15890 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 15891 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 15892 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 15893 else 15894 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 15895 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 15896 } 15897 } else { // struct/union 15898 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15899 nullptr); 15900 } 15901 15902 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 15903 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 15904 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 15905 // 15906 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 15907 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 15908 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 15909 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 15910 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 15911 // parsing of the struct). 15912 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 15913 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 15914 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 15915 } 15916 } 15917 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 15918 return New; 15919 }; 15920 15921 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 15922 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 15923 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 15924 15925 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 15926 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 15927 Name = nullptr; 15928 goto CreateNewDecl; 15929 } 15930 15931 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 15932 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 15933 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 15934 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 15935 if (!DC) { 15936 IsDependent = true; 15937 return nullptr; 15938 } 15939 } else { 15940 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 15941 if (!DC) { 15942 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 15943 << SS.getRange(); 15944 return nullptr; 15945 } 15946 } 15947 15948 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 15949 return nullptr; 15950 15951 SearchDC = DC; 15952 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 15953 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 15954 15955 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 15956 return nullptr; 15957 15958 if (Previous.empty()) { 15959 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 15960 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 15961 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 15962 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 15963 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 15964 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 15965 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 15966 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 15967 IsDependent = true; 15968 return nullptr; 15969 } 15970 15971 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 15972 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 15973 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 15974 Name = nullptr; 15975 Invalid = true; 15976 goto CreateNewDecl; 15977 } 15978 } else if (Name) { 15979 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 15980 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 15981 // name different from T: 15982 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 15983 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 15984 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 15985 return nullptr; 15986 15987 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 15988 // declaration or definition. 15989 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 15990 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 15991 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 15992 LookupName(Previous, S); 15993 15994 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 15995 // by types using'ed into this scope. 15996 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 15997 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 15998 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 15999 while (F.hasNext()) { 16000 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 16001 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 16002 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 16003 F.erase(); 16004 } 16005 F.done(); 16006 } 16007 16008 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 16009 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 16010 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 16011 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 16012 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 16013 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 16014 // 16015 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 16016 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 16017 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 16018 // 16019 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 16020 // semantic context? 16021 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 16022 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 16023 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 16024 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 16025 while (F.hasNext()) { 16026 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 16027 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 16028 if (DC->isFileContext() && 16029 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 16030 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 16031 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 16032 else 16033 F.erase(); 16034 } 16035 } 16036 F.done(); 16037 16038 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 16039 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 16040 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 16041 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 16042 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 16043 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 16044 } 16045 } 16046 16047 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 16048 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 16049 return nullptr; 16050 16051 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 16052 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 16053 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 16054 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 16055 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 16056 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 16057 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 16058 } 16059 } 16060 16061 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 16062 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 16063 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 16064 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 16065 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 16066 Previous.clear(); 16067 } 16068 16069 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 16070 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 16071 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 16072 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 16073 isStdBadAlloc = true; 16074 16075 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 16076 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 16077 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 16078 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 16079 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 16080 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 16081 isStdAlignValT = true; 16082 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 16083 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 16084 } 16085 } 16086 16087 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 16088 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 16089 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 16090 // there's a shadow friend decl. 16091 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 16092 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 16093 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 16094 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 16095 16096 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 16097 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 16098 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 16099 // 16100 // class-key identifier 16101 // 16102 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 16103 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 16104 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 16105 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 16106 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 16107 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 16108 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 16109 // declaration. 16110 // 16111 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 16112 // C structs and unions. 16113 // 16114 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 16115 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 16116 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 16117 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 16118 // 16119 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 16120 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 16121 // 16122 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 16123 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 16124 // lexical context, 16125 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 16126 16127 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 16128 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 16129 } else { 16130 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 16131 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 16132 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 16133 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 16134 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 16135 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 16136 } 16137 16138 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 16139 // diagnose some problems. 16140 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 16141 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 16142 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 16143 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 16144 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16145 // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts, 16146 // which are meaningless. 16147 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 16148 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 16149 } else { 16150 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 16151 LookupName(Previous, S); 16152 } 16153 } 16154 16155 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 16156 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 16157 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 16158 16159 if (!Previous.empty()) { 16160 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 16161 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 16162 16163 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 16164 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 16165 // with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen in C++. 16166 // 16167 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 16168 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 16169 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 16170 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 16171 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16172 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16173 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 16174 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 16175 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 16176 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 16177 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 16178 PrevDecl = Tag; 16179 Previous.clear(); 16180 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 16181 Previous.resolveKind(); 16182 } 16183 } 16184 } 16185 } 16186 16187 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 16188 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 16189 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 16190 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 16191 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 16192 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 16193 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 16194 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 16195 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 16196 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 16197 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 16198 diag::note_using_decl_target); 16199 Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 16200 << 0; 16201 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 16202 Previous.clear(); 16203 goto CreateNewDecl; 16204 } 16205 } 16206 16207 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16208 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 16209 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 16210 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 16211 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 16212 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 16213 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 16214 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 16215 // struct or something similar. 16216 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 16217 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 16218 Name)) { 16219 bool SafeToContinue 16220 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 16221 Kind != TTK_Enum); 16222 if (SafeToContinue) 16223 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 16224 << Name 16225 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 16226 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 16227 else 16228 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 16229 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 16230 16231 if (SafeToContinue) 16232 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 16233 else { 16234 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 16235 Name = nullptr; 16236 Previous.clear(); 16237 Invalid = true; 16238 } 16239 } 16240 16241 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 16242 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 16243 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) 16244 return PrevTagDecl; 16245 16246 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 16247 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 16248 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 16249 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 16250 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 16251 16252 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 16253 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 16254 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 16255 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 16256 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 16257 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 16258 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 16259 } 16260 16261 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 16262 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 16263 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 16264 // and then later defined. 16265 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 16266 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 16267 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 16268 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 16269 } 16270 16271 if (!Invalid) { 16272 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 16273 // we have attributes. 16274 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 16275 if (!Attrs.empty()) { 16276 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 16277 // declaration to hold them. 16278 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 16279 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 16280 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 16281 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 16282 SS.isEmpty()) { 16283 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 16284 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 16285 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 16286 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 16287 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 16288 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 16289 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 16290 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 16291 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 16292 return PrevTagDecl; 16293 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 16294 // that scope. 16295 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 16296 } else { 16297 return PrevTagDecl; 16298 } 16299 } 16300 16301 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 16302 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 16303 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 16304 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 16305 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 16306 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 16307 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 16308 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 16309 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 16310 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 16311 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 16312 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 16313 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 16314 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 16315 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 16316 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 16317 } 16318 16319 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 16320 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 16321 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 16322 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 16323 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 16324 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 16325 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 16326 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 16327 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 16328 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 16329 // use it in place of this one. 16330 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16331 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 16332 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 16333 // comparison. 16334 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 16335 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 16336 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 16337 return Def; 16338 } else { 16339 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 16340 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 16341 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 16342 // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll 16343 // skip starting the definitiion later. 16344 } 16345 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 16346 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 16347 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 16348 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 16349 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 16350 else 16351 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 16352 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 16353 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 16354 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 16355 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 16356 // references get the previous definition. 16357 Name = nullptr; 16358 Previous.clear(); 16359 Invalid = true; 16360 } 16361 } else { 16362 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 16363 // about a nested redefinition. 16364 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 16365 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 16366 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 16367 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 16368 diag::note_previous_definition); 16369 Name = nullptr; 16370 Previous.clear(); 16371 Invalid = true; 16372 } 16373 } 16374 16375 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 16376 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 16377 } 16378 16379 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 16380 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 16381 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 16382 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 16383 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 16384 AS = AS_none; 16385 } 16386 } 16387 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 16388 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 16389 16390 } else { 16391 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 16392 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 16393 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 16394 // have distinct types. 16395 Previous.clear(); 16396 } 16397 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 16398 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 16399 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 16400 16401 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 16402 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 16403 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 16404 } else { 16405 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 16406 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 16407 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 16408 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 16409 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 16410 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 16411 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 16412 << Kind; 16413 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 16414 Invalid = true; 16415 16416 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 16417 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 16418 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 16419 // do nothing 16420 16421 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 16422 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 16423 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 16424 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 16425 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 16426 Invalid = true; 16427 16428 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 16429 // case here. 16430 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16431 unsigned Kind = 0; 16432 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 16433 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 16434 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 16435 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 16436 Invalid = true; 16437 16438 // Otherwise, diagnose. 16439 } else { 16440 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 16441 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 16442 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 16443 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 16444 Name = nullptr; 16445 Invalid = true; 16446 } 16447 16448 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 16449 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 16450 Previous.clear(); 16451 } 16452 } 16453 16454 CreateNewDecl: 16455 16456 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 16457 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 16458 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 16459 16460 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 16461 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 16462 // keyword. 16463 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 16464 16465 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 16466 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 16467 // PrevDecl. 16468 TagDecl *New; 16469 16470 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 16471 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 16472 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 16473 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 16474 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 16475 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 16476 16477 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 16478 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 16479 16480 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 16481 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 16482 TagDecl *Def; 16483 if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 16484 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 16485 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 16486 } 16487 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 16488 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 16489 << New; 16490 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16491 } else { 16492 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 16493 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 16494 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 16495 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16496 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 16497 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 16498 } 16499 } 16500 16501 if (EnumUnderlying) { 16502 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 16503 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 16504 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 16505 else 16506 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 16507 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 16508 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 16509 } 16510 } else { 16511 // struct/union/class 16512 16513 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 16514 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 16515 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16516 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 16517 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 16518 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 16519 16520 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 16521 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 16522 } else 16523 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 16524 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 16525 } 16526 16527 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 16528 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 16529 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 16530 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 16531 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 16532 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 16533 Invalid = true; 16534 } 16535 16536 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 16537 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 16538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 16539 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 16540 Invalid = true; 16541 } 16542 16543 // Maybe add qualifier info. 16544 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 16545 if (SS.isSet()) { 16546 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 16547 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 16548 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 16549 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 16550 isMemberSpecialization)) 16551 Invalid = true; 16552 16553 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 16554 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 16555 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 16556 } 16557 } 16558 else 16559 Invalid = true; 16560 } 16561 16562 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 16563 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 16564 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 16565 // 16566 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 16567 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 16568 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 16569 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 16570 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 16571 // parsing of the struct). 16572 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 16573 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 16574 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 16575 } 16576 } 16577 16578 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 16579 if (isMemberSpecialization) 16580 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 16581 << 2 16582 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 16583 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 16584 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 16585 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 16586 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 16587 New->setModulePrivate(); 16588 } 16589 16590 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 16591 // check the specialization. 16592 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 16593 Invalid = true; 16594 16595 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 16596 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 16597 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 16598 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 16599 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 16600 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16601 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 16602 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 16603 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 16604 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 16605 << Name; 16606 Invalid = true; 16607 } 16608 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 16609 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 16610 } 16611 } 16612 16613 if (Invalid) 16614 New->setInvalidDecl(); 16615 16616 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 16617 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 16618 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 16619 16620 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 16621 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 16622 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 16623 // the tag name visible. 16624 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 16625 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 16626 16627 // Set the access specifier. 16628 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 16629 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 16630 16631 if (PrevDecl) 16632 CheckRedeclarationInModule(New, PrevDecl); 16633 16634 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) 16635 New->startDefinition(); 16636 16637 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 16638 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 16639 16640 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 16641 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 16642 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 16643 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 16644 if (PrevDecl) 16645 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 16646 16647 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 16648 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 16649 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 16650 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 16651 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 16652 } else if (Name) { 16653 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 16654 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 16655 } else { 16656 CurContext->addDecl(New); 16657 } 16658 16659 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 16660 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 16661 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 16662 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 16663 II->isStr("FILE")) 16664 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 16665 16666 if (PrevDecl) 16667 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 16668 16669 if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New)) 16670 inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD); 16671 16672 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 16673 // record. 16674 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 16675 16676 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 16677 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 16678 16679 OwnedDecl = true; 16680 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 16681 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 16682 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16683 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 16684 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 16685 RD->completeDefinition(); 16686 return nullptr; 16687 } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) { 16688 return SkipBody->Previous; 16689 } else { 16690 return New; 16691 } 16692 } 16693 16694 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 16695 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16696 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 16697 16698 // Enter the tag context. 16699 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 16700 16701 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 16702 16703 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 16704 // record. 16705 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 16706 } 16707 16708 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 16709 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 16710 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 16711 return false; 16712 16713 // Make the previous decl visible. 16714 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 16715 return true; 16716 } 16717 16718 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 16719 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 16720 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 16721 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 16722 assert(OCD->getLexicalParent() == CurContext && 16723 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 16724 CurContext = OCD; 16725 return IDecl; 16726 } 16727 16728 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 16729 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 16730 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 16731 bool IsAbstract, 16732 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 16733 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16734 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 16735 16736 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 16737 16738 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 16739 return; 16740 16741 if (IsAbstract) 16742 Record->markAbstract(); 16743 16744 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) { 16745 Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create( 16746 Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, 16747 static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed))); 16748 } 16749 // C++ [class]p2: 16750 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 16751 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 16752 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 16753 // as if it were a public member name. 16754 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create( 16755 Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(), 16756 Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(), 16757 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 16758 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 16759 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 16760 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 16761 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 16762 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 16763 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 16764 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 16765 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 16766 "Broken injected-class-name"); 16767 } 16768 16769 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 16770 SourceRange BraceRange) { 16771 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16772 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 16773 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 16774 16775 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 16776 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 16777 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 16778 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 16779 RD->completeDefinition(); 16780 } 16781 16782 if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 16783 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 16784 if (RD->hasAttr<SYCLSpecialClassAttr>()) { 16785 auto *Def = RD->getDefinition(); 16786 assert(Def && "The record is expected to have a completed definition"); 16787 unsigned NumInitMethods = 0; 16788 for (auto *Method : Def->methods()) { 16789 if (!Method->getIdentifier()) 16790 continue; 16791 if (Method->getName() == "__init") 16792 NumInitMethods++; 16793 } 16794 if (NumInitMethods > 1 || !Def->hasInitMethod()) 16795 Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::err_sycl_special_type_num_init_method); 16796 } 16797 } 16798 16799 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 16800 PopDeclContext(); 16801 16802 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 16803 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 16804 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 16805 16806 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 16807 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 16808 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 16809 16810 // Clangs implementation of #pragma align(packed) differs in bitfield layout 16811 // from XLs and instead matches the XL #pragma pack(1) behavior. 16812 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSAIX() && 16813 AlignPackStack.hasValue()) { 16814 AlignPackInfo APInfo = AlignPackStack.CurrentValue; 16815 // Only diagnose #pragma align(packed). 16816 if (!APInfo.IsAlignAttr() || APInfo.getAlignMode() != AlignPackInfo::Packed) 16817 return; 16818 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 16819 if (!RD) 16820 return; 16821 // Only warn if there is at least 1 bitfield member. 16822 if (llvm::any_of(RD->fields(), 16823 [](const FieldDecl *FD) { return FD->isBitField(); })) 16824 Diag(BraceRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_pragma_align_not_xl_compatible); 16825 } 16826 } 16827 16828 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 16829 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 16830 PopDeclContext(); 16831 } 16832 16833 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 16834 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 16835 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 16836 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 16837 } 16838 16839 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 16840 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 16841 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 16842 } 16843 16844 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 16845 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16846 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 16847 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 16848 16849 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 16850 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 16851 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 16852 RD->completeDefinition(); 16853 } 16854 16855 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 16856 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 16857 // the FieldCollector. 16858 16859 PopDeclContext(); 16860 } 16861 16862 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 16863 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 16864 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 16865 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 16866 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 16867 assert(BitWidth); 16868 if (BitWidth->containsErrors()) 16869 return ExprError(); 16870 16871 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 16872 if (ZeroWidth) 16873 *ZeroWidth = true; 16874 16875 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 16876 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 16877 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 16878 // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error. 16879 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, 16880 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) 16881 return ExprError(); 16882 if (FieldName) 16883 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 16884 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 16885 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 16886 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 16887 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 16888 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 16889 return ExprError(); 16890 16891 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 16892 // it now. 16893 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 16894 return BitWidth; 16895 16896 llvm::APSInt Value; 16897 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold); 16898 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 16899 return ICE; 16900 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 16901 16902 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 16903 *ZeroWidth = false; 16904 16905 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 16906 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 16907 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 16908 16909 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 16910 if (FieldName) 16911 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 16912 << FieldName << toString(Value, 10); 16913 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 16914 << toString(Value, 10); 16915 } 16916 16917 // The size of the bit-field must not exceed our maximum permitted object 16918 // size. 16919 if (Value.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 16920 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_too_wide) 16921 << !FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10); 16922 } 16923 16924 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 16925 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 16926 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 16927 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 16928 16929 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 16930 // ABI. 16931 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 16932 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 16933 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 16934 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 16935 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 16936 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 16937 unsigned DiagWidth = 16938 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 16939 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 16940 << (bool)FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10) 16941 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 16942 } 16943 16944 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 16945 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 16946 // 'bool'. 16947 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType() && FieldName) { 16948 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 16949 << FieldName << toString(Value, 10) 16950 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 16951 } 16952 } 16953 16954 return BitWidth; 16955 } 16956 16957 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 16958 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 16959 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 16960 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 16961 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 16962 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 16963 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 16964 return Res; 16965 } 16966 16967 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 16968 /// 16969 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 16970 SourceLocation DeclStart, 16971 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 16972 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 16973 AccessSpecifier AS) { 16974 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 16975 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 16976 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 16977 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 16978 return nullptr; 16979 } 16980 16981 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 16982 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 16983 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 16984 16985 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 16986 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 16987 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16988 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 16989 16990 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 16991 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 16992 D.setInvalidType(); 16993 T = Context.IntTy; 16994 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 16995 } 16996 } 16997 16998 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 16999 17000 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 17001 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 17002 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 17003 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 17004 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 17005 diag::err_invalid_thread) 17006 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 17007 17008 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 17009 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 17010 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 17011 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 17012 LookupName(Previous, S); 17013 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 17014 case LookupResult::Found: 17015 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 17016 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 17017 break; 17018 17019 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 17020 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 17021 break; 17022 17023 case LookupResult::NotFound: 17024 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 17025 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 17026 break; 17027 } 17028 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 17029 17030 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 17031 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 17032 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 17033 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 17034 PrevDecl = nullptr; 17035 } 17036 17037 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 17038 PrevDecl = nullptr; 17039 17040 bool Mutable 17041 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 17042 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc(); 17043 FieldDecl *NewFD 17044 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 17045 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 17046 17047 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 17048 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 17049 17050 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 17051 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 17052 17053 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 17054 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 17055 // with the same name in the same scope. 17056 } else if (II) { 17057 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 17058 } else 17059 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 17060 17061 return NewFD; 17062 } 17063 17064 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 17065 /// 17066 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 17067 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 17068 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 17069 /// created. 17070 /// 17071 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 17072 /// 17073 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 17074 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 17075 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 17076 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 17077 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 17078 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 17079 SourceLocation TSSL, 17080 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 17081 Declarator *D) { 17082 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 17083 bool InvalidDecl = false; 17084 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 17085 17086 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 17087 // marking this declaration as invalid. 17088 if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) { 17089 InvalidDecl = true; 17090 T = Context.IntTy; 17091 } 17092 17093 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 17094 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) { 17095 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy, 17096 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) { 17097 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 17098 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 17099 InvalidDecl = true; 17100 } else { 17101 NamedDecl *Def; 17102 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 17103 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 17104 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 17105 InvalidDecl = true; 17106 } 17107 } 17108 } 17109 17110 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space 17111 if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 17112 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 17113 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 17114 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 17115 InvalidDecl = true; 17116 } 17117 17118 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 17119 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 17120 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 17121 if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || 17122 T->isBlockPointerType()) { 17123 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 17124 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 17125 InvalidDecl = true; 17126 } 17127 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported, unless Clang extension 17128 // is enabled. 17129 if (BitWidth && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( 17130 "__cl_clang_bitfields", LangOpts)) { 17131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 17132 InvalidDecl = true; 17133 } 17134 } 17135 17136 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 17137 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 17138 T.hasQualifiers()) { 17139 InvalidDecl = true; 17140 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 17141 } 17142 17143 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 17144 // than a variably modified type. 17145 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 17146 if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType( 17147 TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size)) 17148 InvalidDecl = true; 17149 } 17150 17151 // Fields can not have abstract class types 17152 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 17153 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 17154 AbstractFieldType)) 17155 InvalidDecl = true; 17156 17157 bool ZeroWidth = false; 17158 if (InvalidDecl) 17159 BitWidth = nullptr; 17160 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 17161 if (BitWidth) { 17162 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 17163 &ZeroWidth).get(); 17164 if (!BitWidth) { 17165 InvalidDecl = true; 17166 BitWidth = nullptr; 17167 ZeroWidth = false; 17168 } 17169 } 17170 17171 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 17172 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 17173 unsigned DiagID = 0; 17174 if (T->isReferenceType()) 17175 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 17176 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 17177 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 17178 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 17179 17180 if (DiagID) { 17181 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 17182 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 17183 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 17184 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 17185 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 17186 Mutable = false; 17187 InvalidDecl = true; 17188 } 17189 } 17190 } 17191 17192 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 17193 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 17194 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 17195 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 17196 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 17197 17198 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 17199 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 17200 if (InvalidDecl) 17201 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17202 17203 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 17204 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 17205 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 17206 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17207 } 17208 17209 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17210 if (Record->isUnion()) { 17211 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17212 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 17213 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 17214 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 17215 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 17216 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 17217 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 17218 // objects. 17219 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 17220 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17221 } 17222 } 17223 17224 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 17225 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 17226 // enabled. 17227 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 17228 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 17229 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 17230 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 17231 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 17232 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 17233 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17234 } 17235 } 17236 } 17237 17238 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 17239 // representation, not a parser representation. 17240 if (D) { 17241 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 17242 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 17243 17244 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 17245 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 17246 } 17247 17248 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 17249 // retainable type. 17250 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 17251 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17252 17253 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 17254 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 17255 17256 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as field types. 17257 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 17258 CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewFD->getLocation())) 17259 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 17260 17261 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 17262 return NewFD; 17263 } 17264 17265 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 17266 assert(FD); 17267 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 17268 17269 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 17270 return false; 17271 17272 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 17273 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17274 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 17275 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 17276 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 17277 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 17278 // copy constructors. 17279 17280 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 17281 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 17282 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 17283 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 17284 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 17285 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 17286 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 17287 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 17288 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 17289 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 17290 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 17291 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 17292 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 17293 member = CXXDestructor; 17294 17295 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 17296 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 17297 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 17298 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 17299 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 17300 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 17301 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 17302 // members unavailable. 17303 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 17304 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 17305 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 17306 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 17307 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 17308 return false; 17309 } 17310 } 17311 17312 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 17313 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 17314 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 17315 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 17316 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 17317 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 17318 } 17319 } 17320 } 17321 17322 return false; 17323 } 17324 17325 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 17326 /// AST enum value. 17327 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 17328 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 17329 switch (ivarVisibility) { 17330 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 17331 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 17332 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 17333 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 17334 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 17335 } 17336 } 17337 17338 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 17339 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 17340 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 17341 SourceLocation DeclStart, 17342 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 17343 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 17344 17345 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 17346 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 17347 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 17348 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 17349 17350 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 17351 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 17352 17353 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 17354 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 17355 17356 if (BitWidth) { 17357 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 17358 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 17359 if (!BitWidth) 17360 D.setInvalidType(); 17361 } else { 17362 // Not a bitfield. 17363 17364 // validate II. 17365 17366 } 17367 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 17368 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 17369 D.setInvalidType(); 17370 } 17371 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 17372 // than a variably modified type. 17373 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 17374 if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType( 17375 TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size)) 17376 D.setInvalidType(); 17377 } 17378 17379 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 17380 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 17381 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 17382 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 17383 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 17384 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 17385 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 17386 return nullptr; 17387 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 17388 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 17389 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17390 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 17391 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 17392 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 17393 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 17394 } 17395 else 17396 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 17397 } else { 17398 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 17399 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17400 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 17401 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 17402 return nullptr; 17403 } 17404 } 17405 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 17406 } 17407 17408 // Construct the decl. 17409 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 17410 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 17411 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 17412 17413 if (II) { 17414 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 17415 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 17416 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 17417 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 17418 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 17419 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 17420 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 17421 } 17422 } 17423 17424 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 17425 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 17426 17427 if (D.isInvalidType()) 17428 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 17429 17430 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 17431 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 17432 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 17433 17434 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 17435 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 17436 17437 if (II) { 17438 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 17439 // these to the interface. 17440 S->AddDecl(NewID); 17441 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 17442 } 17443 17444 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 17445 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 17446 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 17447 17448 return NewID; 17449 } 17450 17451 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 17452 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 17453 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 17454 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 17455 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 17456 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 17457 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 17458 return; 17459 17460 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 17461 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 17462 17463 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 17464 return; 17465 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 17466 if (!ID) { 17467 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 17468 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 17469 return; 17470 } 17471 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 17472 else 17473 return; 17474 } 17475 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 17476 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 17477 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 17478 17479 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 17480 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 17481 Context.CharTy, 17482 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 17483 DeclLoc), 17484 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 17485 true); 17486 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 17487 } 17488 17489 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 17490 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 17491 SourceLocation RBrac, 17492 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 17493 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 17494 17495 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 17496 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 17497 // it will now change. 17498 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17499 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 17500 switch (DC->getKind()) { 17501 default: break; 17502 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 17503 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 17504 break; 17505 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 17506 Context. 17507 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 17508 break; 17509 } 17510 } 17511 17512 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 17513 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 17514 17515 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 17516 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 17517 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 17518 if (Record) { 17519 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 17520 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 17521 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 17522 ++NumNamedMembers; 17523 } 17524 } 17525 17526 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 17527 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 17528 17529 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 17530 i != end; ++i) { 17531 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 17532 17533 // Get the type for the field. 17534 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 17535 17536 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 17537 // Remember all fields written by the user. 17538 RecFields.push_back(FD); 17539 } 17540 17541 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 17542 // diagnostics about it. 17543 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 17544 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17545 continue; 17546 } 17547 17548 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 17549 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 17550 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 17551 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 17552 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 17553 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 17554 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 17555 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 17556 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 17557 // array. 17558 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 17559 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 17560 // Field declared as a function. 17561 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 17562 << FD->getDeclName(); 17563 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17564 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17565 continue; 17566 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 17567 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 17568 if (Record) { 17569 // Flexible array member. 17570 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 17571 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 17572 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 17573 unsigned DiagID = 0; 17574 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 17575 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 17576 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 17577 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 17578 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17579 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17580 continue; 17581 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 17582 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 17583 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 17584 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 17585 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 17586 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 17587 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 17588 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 17589 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 17590 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 17591 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 17592 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 17593 17594 if (DiagID) 17595 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 17596 << Record->getTagKind(); 17597 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 17598 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 17599 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 17600 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 17601 // of the type. 17602 if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0) 17603 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 17604 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 17605 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 17606 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 17607 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 17608 17609 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 17610 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 17611 // 17612 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 17613 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 17614 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 17615 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 17616 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 17617 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 17618 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17619 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17620 continue; 17621 } 17622 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 17623 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 17624 } else { 17625 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 17626 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 17627 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 17628 } 17629 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 17630 RequireCompleteSizedType( 17631 FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 17632 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) { 17633 // Incomplete type 17634 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17635 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17636 continue; 17637 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17638 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 17639 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 17640 // flexible array member. 17641 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 17642 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 17643 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 17644 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 17645 // structures. 17646 if (!IsLastField) 17647 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 17648 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 17649 else { 17650 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 17651 // other structs as an extension. 17652 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 17653 << FD->getDeclName(); 17654 } 17655 } 17656 } 17657 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 17658 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 17659 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 17660 AbstractIvarType)) { 17661 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 17662 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17663 } 17664 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 17665 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17666 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 17667 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 17668 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 17669 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 17670 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 17671 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 17672 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 17673 FD->setType(T); 17674 } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() && 17675 FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() && 17676 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) && 17677 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() && 17678 (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 17679 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) { 17680 // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system 17681 // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked 17682 // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can 17683 // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but 17684 // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under 17685 // ARC. 17686 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit( 17687 Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, 17688 FD->getLocation())); 17689 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 17690 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record && 17691 !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 17692 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 17693 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 17694 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17695 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 17696 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 17697 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 17698 BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 17699 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17700 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 17701 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 17702 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17703 } 17704 } 17705 17706 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17707 !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) { 17708 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 17709 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) { 17710 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 17711 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 17712 Record->isUnion()) 17713 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true); 17714 } 17715 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 17716 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) { 17717 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 17718 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 17719 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true); 17720 } 17721 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 17722 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 17723 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 17724 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 17725 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true); 17726 } 17727 17728 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17729 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 17730 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 17731 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 17732 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 17733 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 17734 } 17735 17736 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 17737 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 17738 // Keep track of the number of named members. 17739 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 17740 ++NumNamedMembers; 17741 } 17742 17743 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 17744 if (Record) { 17745 bool Completed = false; 17746 if (CXXRecord) { 17747 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 17748 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 17749 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 17750 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 17751 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 17752 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 17753 } 17754 17755 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 17756 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 17757 17758 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 17759 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 17760 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 17761 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 17762 // problem now. 17763 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 17764 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 17765 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 17766 17767 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 17768 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 17769 M != MEnd; ++M) { 17770 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 17771 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 17772 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 17773 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 17774 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 17775 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 17776 continue; 17777 17778 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 17779 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 17780 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 17781 // program is ill-formed. 17782 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 17783 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 17784 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 17785 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 17786 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 17787 OM = SO->second.begin(), 17788 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 17789 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 17790 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 17791 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 17792 17793 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 17794 } 17795 } 17796 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 17797 Completed = true; 17798 } 17799 } 17800 } 17801 } 17802 17803 if (!Completed) 17804 Record->completeDefinition(); 17805 17806 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 17807 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); 17808 17809 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 17810 if (CXXRecord) { 17811 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 17812 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 17813 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 17814 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 17815 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 17816 } 17817 } 17818 17819 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 17820 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 17821 17822 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 17823 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 17824 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 17825 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 17826 } 17827 17828 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 17829 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 17830 // compatibility problems. 17831 bool CheckForZeroSize; 17832 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17833 CheckForZeroSize = true; 17834 } else { 17835 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 17836 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 17837 CheckForZeroSize = 17838 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 17839 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() && 17840 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 17841 } 17842 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 17843 bool ZeroSize = true; 17844 bool IsEmpty = true; 17845 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 17846 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 17847 E = Record->field_end(); 17848 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 17849 IsEmpty = false; 17850 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 17851 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 17852 ZeroSize = false; 17853 } else { 17854 ++NonBitFields; 17855 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 17856 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 17857 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 17858 ZeroSize = false; 17859 } 17860 } 17861 17862 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 17863 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 17864 // extern "C" block. 17865 if (ZeroSize) { 17866 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 17867 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 17868 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 17869 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 17870 } 17871 17872 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 17873 // but are accepted by GCC. 17874 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17875 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 17876 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 17877 << Record->isUnion(); 17878 } 17879 } 17880 } else { 17881 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 17882 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 17883 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17884 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 17885 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 17886 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17887 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 17888 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 17889 } 17890 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 17891 // duplicates. 17892 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 17893 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 17894 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 17895 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17896 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 17897 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 17898 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 17899 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 17900 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 17901 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 17902 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 17903 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 17904 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 17905 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17906 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 17907 // reported as errors elsewhere. 17908 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 17909 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 17910 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 17911 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 17912 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 17913 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17914 if (IDecl) { 17915 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 17916 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 17917 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 17918 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 17919 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 17920 continue; 17921 } 17922 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 17923 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 17924 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 17925 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 17926 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 17927 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 17928 continue; 17929 } 17930 } 17931 } 17932 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 17933 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 17934 } 17935 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 17936 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 17937 } 17938 } 17939 } 17940 17941 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 17942 /// the given type T. 17943 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 17944 llvm::APSInt &Value, 17945 QualType T) { 17946 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 17947 "Integral type required!"); 17948 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 17949 17950 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 17951 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 17952 --BitWidth; 17953 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 17954 } 17955 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 17956 } 17957 17958 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 17959 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 17960 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 17961 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 17962 // enum checking below. 17963 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 17964 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 17965 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 17966 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 17967 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 17968 }; 17969 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 17970 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 17971 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 17972 }; 17973 17974 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 17975 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 17976 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 17977 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 17978 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 17979 return Types[I]; 17980 17981 return QualType(); 17982 } 17983 17984 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 17985 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 17986 SourceLocation IdLoc, 17987 IdentifierInfo *Id, 17988 Expr *Val) { 17989 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 17990 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 17991 QualType EltTy; 17992 17993 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 17994 Val = nullptr; 17995 17996 if (Val) 17997 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 17998 17999 if (Val) { 18000 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent() || 18001 Val->containsErrors()) 18002 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 18003 else { 18004 // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed 18005 // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts. 18006 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) { 18007 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 18008 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 18009 // constant expression of the underlying type. 18010 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 18011 ExprResult Converted = 18012 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 18013 CCEK_Enumerator); 18014 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 18015 Val = nullptr; 18016 else 18017 Val = Converted.get(); 18018 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 18019 !(Val = 18020 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold) 18021 .get())) { 18022 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 18023 } else { 18024 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 18025 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 18026 18027 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 18028 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 18029 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 18030 // expression checking. 18031 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 18032 if (Context.getTargetInfo() 18033 .getTriple() 18034 .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 18035 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 18036 } else { 18037 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 18038 } 18039 } 18040 18041 // Cast to the underlying type. 18042 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 18043 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean 18044 : CK_IntegralCast) 18045 .get(); 18046 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 18047 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 18048 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 18049 // is the type of its initializing value: 18050 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 18051 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 18052 EltTy = Val->getType(); 18053 } else { 18054 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 18055 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 18056 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 18057 // representable as an int. 18058 18059 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 18060 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 18061 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 18062 << toString(EnumVal, 10) << Val->getSourceRange() 18063 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 18064 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 18065 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 18066 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 18067 } 18068 EltTy = Val->getType(); 18069 } 18070 } 18071 } 18072 } 18073 18074 if (!Val) { 18075 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 18076 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 18077 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 18078 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 18079 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 18080 // is the type of its initializing value: 18081 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 18082 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 18083 // 18084 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 18085 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 18086 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 18087 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 18088 } 18089 else { 18090 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 18091 } 18092 } else { 18093 // Assign the last value + 1. 18094 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 18095 ++EnumVal; 18096 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 18097 18098 // Check for overflow on increment. 18099 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 18100 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 18101 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 18102 // is the type of its initializing value: 18103 // 18104 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 18105 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 18106 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 18107 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 18108 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 18109 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 18110 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 18111 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 18112 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 18113 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 18114 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 18115 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 18116 ++EnumVal; 18117 if (Enum->isFixed()) 18118 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 18119 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 18120 << toString(EnumVal, 10) 18121 << EltTy; 18122 else 18123 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 18124 << toString(EnumVal, 10); 18125 } else { 18126 EltTy = T; 18127 } 18128 18129 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 18130 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 18131 // value, then increment. 18132 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 18133 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 18134 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 18135 ++EnumVal; 18136 18137 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 18138 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 18139 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 18140 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 18141 // integral type. 18142 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 18143 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 18144 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 18145 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 18146 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 18147 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 18148 << toString(EnumVal, 10) << 1; 18149 } 18150 } 18151 } 18152 18153 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 18154 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 18155 // enumerator's type. 18156 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 18157 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 18158 } 18159 18160 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 18161 Val, EnumVal); 18162 } 18163 18164 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 18165 SourceLocation IILoc) { 18166 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 18167 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18168 return SkipBodyInfo(); 18169 18170 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 18171 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 18172 // skip the body. 18173 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 18174 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 18175 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 18176 if (!PrevECD) 18177 return SkipBodyInfo(); 18178 18179 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 18180 NamedDecl *Hidden; 18181 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 18182 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 18183 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 18184 return Skip; 18185 } 18186 18187 return SkipBodyInfo(); 18188 } 18189 18190 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 18191 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 18192 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, 18193 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 18194 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 18195 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 18196 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 18197 18198 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 18199 // we find one that is. 18200 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 18201 18202 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 18203 // scope. 18204 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration); 18205 LookupName(R, S); 18206 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 18207 18208 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 18209 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 18210 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 18211 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 18212 PrevDecl = nullptr; 18213 } 18214 18215 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 18216 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 18217 // different from T: 18218 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 18219 // enumerated type 18220 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 18221 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 18222 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 18223 18224 EnumConstantDecl *New = 18225 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 18226 if (!New) 18227 return nullptr; 18228 18229 if (PrevDecl) { 18230 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 18231 // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled. 18232 CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R); 18233 } 18234 18235 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 18236 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 18237 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 18238 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 18239 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 18240 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 18241 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 18242 else 18243 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 18244 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 18245 return nullptr; 18246 } 18247 } 18248 18249 // Process attributes. 18250 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 18251 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 18252 18253 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 18254 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 18255 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 18256 18257 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 18258 18259 return New; 18260 } 18261 18262 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 18263 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 18264 // Element2 = Element1 18265 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 18266 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 18267 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 18268 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 18269 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 18270 if (!InitExpr) 18271 return true; 18272 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 18273 18274 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 18275 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 18276 return true; 18277 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 18278 if (!IL) 18279 return true; 18280 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 18281 return true; 18282 18283 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 18284 } 18285 18286 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 18287 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 18288 if (!DRE) 18289 return true; 18290 18291 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 18292 if (!EnumConstant) 18293 return true; 18294 18295 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 18296 Enum) 18297 return true; 18298 18299 return false; 18300 } 18301 18302 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 18303 // a previous element has already been set to. 18304 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 18305 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 18306 // Avoid anonymous enums 18307 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 18308 return; 18309 18310 // Only check for small enums. 18311 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 18312 return; 18313 18314 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 18315 return; 18316 18317 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 18318 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 18319 18320 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 18321 18322 // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map. 18323 typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 18324 18325 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys. 18326 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 18327 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 18328 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 18329 }; 18330 18331 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 18332 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 18333 18334 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 18335 // an initializer. 18336 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 18337 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 18338 18339 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 18340 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 18341 if (!ECD) { 18342 return; 18343 } 18344 18345 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 18346 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 18347 continue; 18348 18349 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 18350 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 18351 } 18352 18353 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 18354 return; 18355 18356 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 18357 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 18358 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 18359 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 18360 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 18361 continue; 18362 18363 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 18364 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 18365 continue; 18366 18367 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 18368 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 18369 // Ensure constants are different. 18370 if (D == ECD) 18371 continue; 18372 18373 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 18374 auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 18375 Vec->push_back(D); 18376 Vec->push_back(ECD); 18377 18378 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 18379 Entry = Vec.get(); 18380 18381 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 18382 // diagnostics. 18383 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 18384 continue; 18385 } 18386 18387 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 18388 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 18389 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 18390 continue; 18391 18392 Vec->push_back(ECD); 18393 } 18394 18395 // Emit diagnostics. 18396 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 18397 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 18398 18399 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 18400 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 18401 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 18402 << FirstECD << toString(FirstECD->getInitVal(), 10) 18403 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 18404 18405 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 18406 // the same value. 18407 for (auto *ECD : llvm::drop_begin(*Vec)) 18408 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 18409 << ECD << toString(ECD->getInitVal(), 10) 18410 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 18411 } 18412 } 18413 18414 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 18415 bool AllowMask) const { 18416 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 18417 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 18418 18419 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 18420 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 18421 18422 if (R.second) { 18423 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 18424 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 18425 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 18426 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 18427 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 18428 } 18429 } 18430 18431 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 18432 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 18433 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 18434 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 18435 // 18436 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 18437 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 18438 // likely a logic error. 18439 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 18440 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 18441 } 18442 18443 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 18444 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, 18445 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 18446 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 18447 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 18448 18449 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); 18450 18451 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 18452 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 18453 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 18454 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 18455 if (!ECD) continue; 18456 18457 ECD->setType(EnumType); 18458 } 18459 18460 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 18461 return; 18462 } 18463 18464 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 18465 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 18466 // emit a warning. 18467 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 18468 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 18469 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 18470 18471 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 18472 // reverse the list. 18473 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 18474 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 18475 18476 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 18477 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 18478 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 18479 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 18480 18481 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 18482 18483 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 18484 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 18485 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 18486 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 18487 else 18488 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 18489 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 18490 } 18491 18492 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 18493 QualType BestType; 18494 unsigned BestWidth; 18495 18496 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 18497 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 18498 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 18499 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 18500 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 18501 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 18502 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 18503 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 18504 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 18505 QualType BestPromotionType; 18506 18507 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 18508 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 18509 // enum definitions. 18510 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 18511 Packed = true; 18512 18513 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 18514 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 18515 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 18516 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 18517 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 18518 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 18519 else 18520 BestPromotionType = BestType; 18521 18522 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 18523 } 18524 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 18525 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 18526 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 18527 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 18528 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 18529 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 18530 BestWidth = CharWidth; 18531 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 18532 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 18533 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 18534 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 18535 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 18536 BestType = Context.IntTy; 18537 BestWidth = IntWidth; 18538 } else { 18539 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 18540 18541 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 18542 BestType = Context.LongTy; 18543 } else { 18544 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 18545 18546 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 18547 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 18548 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 18549 } 18550 } 18551 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 18552 } else { 18553 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 18554 // all of the enumerator values. 18555 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 18556 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 18557 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 18558 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 18559 BestWidth = CharWidth; 18560 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 18561 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 18562 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 18563 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 18564 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 18565 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 18566 BestWidth = IntWidth; 18567 BestPromotionType 18568 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18569 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 18570 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 18571 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 18572 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 18573 BestPromotionType 18574 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18575 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 18576 } else { 18577 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 18578 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 18579 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 18580 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 18581 BestPromotionType 18582 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18583 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 18584 } 18585 } 18586 18587 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 18588 // the type of the enum if needed. 18589 for (auto *D : Elements) { 18590 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 18591 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 18592 18593 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 18594 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 18595 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 18596 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 18597 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 18598 18599 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 18600 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 18601 18602 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 18603 // the enum decl type. 18604 QualType NewTy; 18605 unsigned NewWidth; 18606 bool NewSign; 18607 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 18608 !Enum->isFixed() && 18609 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 18610 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 18611 NewWidth = IntWidth; 18612 NewSign = true; 18613 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 18614 // Already the right type! 18615 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18616 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 18617 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 18618 // enumeration. 18619 ECD->setType(EnumType); 18620 continue; 18621 } else { 18622 NewTy = BestType; 18623 NewWidth = BestWidth; 18624 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 18625 } 18626 18627 // Adjust the APSInt value. 18628 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 18629 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 18630 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 18631 18632 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 18633 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 18634 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 18635 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create( 18636 Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(), 18637 /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride())); 18638 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18639 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 18640 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 18641 // enumeration. 18642 ECD->setType(EnumType); 18643 else 18644 ECD->setType(NewTy); 18645 } 18646 18647 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 18648 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 18649 18650 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 18651 18652 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 18653 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 18654 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 18655 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 18656 18657 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 18658 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 18659 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 18660 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 18661 << ECD << Enum; 18662 } 18663 } 18664 18665 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 18666 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 18667 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 18668 } 18669 18670 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 18671 SourceLocation StartLoc, 18672 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 18673 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 18674 18675 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 18676 AsmString, StartLoc, 18677 EndLoc); 18678 CurContext->addDecl(New); 18679 return New; 18680 } 18681 18682 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 18683 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 18684 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 18685 SourceLocation NameLoc, 18686 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 18687 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 18688 LookupOrdinaryName); 18689 AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc), 18690 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma); 18691 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit( 18692 Context, AliasName->getName(), /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, Info); 18693 18694 // If a declaration that: 18695 // 1) declares a function or a variable 18696 // 2) has external linkage 18697 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 18698 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 18699 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 18700 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 18701 else 18702 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 18703 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 18704 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 18705 } else 18706 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 18707 } 18708 18709 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 18710 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 18711 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 18712 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 18713 18714 if (PrevDecl) { 18715 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 18716 } else { 18717 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 18718 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 18719 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 18720 } 18721 } 18722 18723 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 18724 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 18725 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 18726 SourceLocation NameLoc, 18727 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 18728 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 18729 LookupOrdinaryName); 18730 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 18731 18732 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 18733 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 18734 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 18735 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 18736 } else { 18737 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 18738 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 18739 } 18740 } 18741 18742 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 18743 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 18744 } 18745 18746 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD, 18747 bool Final) { 18748 assert(FD && "Expected non-null FunctionDecl"); 18749 18750 // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate 18751 // attribute prior to checking if it is a template. 18752 if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>()) 18753 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18754 18755 // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated. 18756 if (FD->isDependentContext()) 18757 return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded; 18758 18759 // Check whether this function is an externally visible definition. 18760 auto IsEmittedForExternalSymbol = [this, FD]() { 18761 // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we 18762 // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will 18763 // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline". 18764 FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition(); 18765 18766 return Def && !isDiscardableGVALinkage( 18767 getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def)); 18768 }; 18769 18770 if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) { 18771 // In OpenMP device mode we will not emit host only functions, or functions 18772 // we don't need due to their linkage. 18773 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 18774 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 18775 // DevTy may be changed later by 18776 // #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*). 18777 // Therefore DevTy having no value does not imply host. The emission status 18778 // will be checked again at the end of compilation unit with Final = true. 18779 if (DevTy.hasValue()) 18780 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host) 18781 return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 18782 // If we have an explicit value for the device type, or we are in a target 18783 // declare context, we need to emit all extern and used symbols. 18784 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || DevTy.hasValue()) 18785 if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol()) 18786 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18787 // Device mode only emits what it must, if it wasn't tagged yet and needed, 18788 // we'll omit it. 18789 if (Final) 18790 return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 18791 } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP > 45) { 18792 // In OpenMP host compilation prior to 5.0 everything was an emitted host 18793 // function. In 5.0, no_host was introduced which might cause a function to 18794 // be ommitted. 18795 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 18796 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 18797 if (DevTy.hasValue()) 18798 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost) 18799 return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 18800 } 18801 18802 if (Final && LangOpts.OpenMP && !LangOpts.CUDA) 18803 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18804 18805 if (LangOpts.CUDA) { 18806 // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted. Similarly, 18807 // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted. 18808 // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this 18809 // doesn't count for our purposes here.) 18810 Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); 18811 if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host) 18812 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 18813 if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 18814 (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global)) 18815 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 18816 18817 if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol()) 18818 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18819 } 18820 18821 // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of 18822 // known-emitted functions. 18823 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown; 18824 } 18825 18826 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) { 18827 // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the 18828 // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked. 18829 // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function 18830 // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the 18831 // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling 18832 // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as 18833 // known-emitted. 18834 return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 18835 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global; 18836 } 18837